Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / RIV Capital

RIV Capital

riv · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker riv
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · RIV Capital
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
R

i

v

e

r

a

n

d

M

e

r

c

a

n

t

i

l

e

G

r

o

u

p

P

L

C

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

7

G R O U P
G R O U P

Client  
focused  

Outcome  
orientated

Annual Report  
and Accounts 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
River and Mercantile is a client-focused, 
outcome-orientated advisory and investment 
solutions business with a broad range of 
services, from consulting activities including 
advisory to fully delegated fiduciary and asset 
management, incorporating equities, 
derivatives and multi-asset solutions.

River and Mercantile (‘the Group’) 
services a client base in the UK 
comprising institutional pension 
schemes, wholesale financial 
intermediaries, insurance companies, 
state funds and charitable institutions; 
along with institutional clients in Europe, 
the US, Australia and New Zealand.

River and Mercantile is focused on 
creating investment solutions for its 
clients across its core markets:
 – UK DB pension schemes;
 – UK DC pension schemes;
 – Insurance;
 – Wholesale financial intermediaries;
 – US pensions (DB and DC); and
 – Strategic relationships.

Forward-looking statements
This Annual Report contains forward-looking 
statements with respect to the financial 
conditions, results and business of the 
Group. By their nature forward looking 
statements relate to events and 
circumstances that could occur in the future 
and therefore involve the risk and 
uncertainty that the Group’s actual results 
may differ materially from the results 
expressed or implied in the forward-looking 
statements. Nothing in this Annual Report 
should be construed as a profit forecast.

STRATEGIC REPORT

Investment performance

01  2017 Highlights
02  Chairman’s statement
03 
04  Business model
06  The divisions
08  Chief Executive’s review
14  Case study
16  Financial review
26  Risk management
32  Viability statement
34  Corporate responsibility

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIALS

36  Board of Directors
38  Corporate governance report
40 
Investment Committee report
41  Client Engagement Committee
42  Audit and Risk Committee report
44  Remuneration Committee report
58  2018–2020 Directors’ remuneration policy proposal

71  Directors’ report
73  Directors’ responsibilities
74 

Independent auditor’s report to the members  
of River and Mercantile Group PLC

78  Consolidated income statement
78  Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
79  Consolidated statement of financial position
80  Consolidated statement of cash flows
81  Consolidated statement of changes in 

shareholders’ equity

82  Notes to the consolidated financial statements
102  Company statement of financial position
103  Company statement of cash flows
104  Company statement of changes in 

shareholders’ equity

105  Notes to the Company financial statements
110  Glossary
111  Shareholder information and advisors

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

2017 HIGHLIGHTS

01    

Strong AUM/NUM growth driving  
underlying profitability with investment  
performance driving performance fees

STATUTORY  
PROFIT AFTER TAX

REGRETTED  
INSTITUTIONAL ATTRITION2 

128%

130%

EARNINGS  
PER SHARE 

£13.4M
16.45P
19.7P
£31.0BN

TOTAL DIVIDEND  
FOR THE YEAR1

FEE EARNING  
AUM/NUM

13 consecutive quarters  
of positive net flows

107%

22%

NET MANAGEMENT  
AND ADVISORY FEES

3%
£55.9M
£12.5M
29%

ADJUSTED UNDERLYING  
PRE-TAX MARGIN3

PERFORMANCE  
FEES

up 5% from 24%

5%

22%

722%

Including 6.0 pence proposed final dividend.

1 
2  Regretted institutional attrition is the opening AUM/NUM of lost institutional clients, divided by total opening  
AUM/NUM. It excludes pension clients which have entered the PPF due to sponsor default or have moved to buy-in 
or buy-out, and redemptions arising due to normal operational cash outflows, e.g. to fund benefit payments. 
It is not measured for Equity Solutions – Wholesale.

3  Adjusted underlying pre-tax margin represents net management and advisory fees less associated remuneration, 
recurring administrative expenses (excluding IT transition costs), depreciation, and finance income and expense; 
divided by net management and advisory fees.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

02    

Dear Shareholder,

I am pleased to report that despite 
a period of unprecedented global 
change and uncertainty, the year 
ended 30 June 2017 has been a 
successful one for the Group, 
with our strongest set of results 
to date.

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

A year of strong  
growth in many areas

Peter Warry
Acting Chairman

We have seen strong positive flows in all 
divisions, continuing our track record of 13 
consecutive quarters of positive net flows. 
This, combined with strong investment 
performance has led to a significant 
increase in AUM/NUM and similarly high 
levels of growth in net management fees.

In June, we welcomed the Emerging 
Markets ILC team from Credit Suisse in 
the US. They bring important additional 
capability to the Group which we hope 
will further enhance our performance and 
we look forward to working together.

The Group prides itself on its outcome-
oriented approach, where we concern 
ourselves primarily with the needs of 
our clients and how single products or 
combinations of products can help solve 
these needs. We aim to ensure that our 
clients understand the role that our solutions 
play in their broader objectives. This not 
only continues to benefit our clients, but 
also contributes to our low levels of attrition 
alongside our positive client feedback.

This low attrition, combined with 
the diversified nature of the divisions 
within the Group, gives rise to a 
more stable revenue base over time 
compared to many in our industry.

From a regulatory perspective, the rate of 
change in our market has been fierce, with no 
sign of it slowing in the coming months. The 
landscape is being shaped by MiFID II and the 
Senior Managers and Certification Regime 
amongst others, not to mention the FCA’s 
Asset Management Market Study, which 
reported in June and has been followed by a 
reference to the Competition and Markets 
Authority. We welcome the FCA’s findings, 
and the remedies aimed at improving 
transparency and outcomes for investors.

2017 has seen our highest level of 
performance fees since our IPO in 
2014. We had given guidance that our 
Fiduciary Management performance 
fees would be depressed in times of 
falling interest rates as seen in 2015 and 
2016, and it is pleasing to see that they 
have risen once the rate headwinds have 
eased. Our view that rates will remain 
low for longer remains unchanged.

This year has also seen us continue to 
use our scalable operating platform to 
grow our profit margins, which combined 
with a continuation of our high dividend 
payout ratios has led to increased 
dividends. In addition to the 5.6p already 
paid, I am pleased to announce that we 
are declaring a second interim dividend 
of 8.1p and proposing a final dividend 
of 6.0p, both dividends containing 2.8p 
which relates to net performance fees. 
These will be paid to shareholders on 
3 November and 15 December 2017 
respectively and take total dividends 
proposed and declared for 2017 to 19.7p, 
which is 86% of adjusted profit after tax.

June 2017 marked three years since 
our IPO and admission to the premium 
section of the London Stock Exchange. 
We feel that our revenue growth, margin 
expansion and dividend levels are important 
proof-points against the statements we 
made at the IPO three years ago and we 
now turn our attention to continuing the 
strong results for the next three years.

I write this report as Acting Chairman, 
following the sad death of Paul Bradshaw 
earlier this year. He was an asset to the 
business and is sorely missed. I would, 
however, like to take this opportunity to 
welcome Jonathan Dawson, our incoming 
Chairman who will pick up the baton 
from 1 October. He brings a wealth of 
experience to the role which I am confident 
will prove invaluable to the Group as it 
navigates its next three years as a PLC.

Peter Warry
Acting Chairman, January – September 2017

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

INVESTMENT 
PERFORMANCE

03    

Our products aim to add meaningful value for clients, in a way  
that makes a significant difference to their circumstances. All of  
our solutions are ahead of benchmark since inception.

Annualised Investment Performance

AUM £bn

By Investment Strategy

Jun-17

Estimated 
Capacity 
£bn

1 Year (%)

3 Years (% p.a.)

5 Years (% p.a.)

Since Inception (% p.a.)

Abs.

Rel.

Abs.

Rel.

Abs.

Rel.

Abs.

Rel.

Date

TIGS
PIL Stable Growth Fund
Inflation Plus Fund
Fiduciary DC*
Fiduciary Insurance
Dynamic Asset Allocation Fund
US Fiduciary

Total Solutions

Structured Equity
LDI

Total Derivatives

UK Income
UK Smaller Companies
UK Long Term Recovery
World Recovery
World Recovery Focus
UK High Alpha
UK Core Segregated
UK Dynamic Equity
UK Equity Micro Cap Investment 
Company
Global High Alpha*

Segregated Mandates

Total Equity Solutions

9.4

0.2 
0.1 
0.1
0.6

10.5

3.6 
13.2

16.9

0.3 
0.8 
0.2 
0.3 
0.1 
0.3 
0.2 
0.2 

0.1 
0.1 

1.1 

3.6

Total AUM

31.0

*  Composite performance.

30 

10
n/a

40

>20
>30

>50

1.5 
0.8 
0.3 
1.0 
1.0 
1.0 
0.5 
2.0 

0.1 
7.0 

n/a

15.2

>100

14.1%
13.8%
12.5%
12.5%
n/a
11.1%
n/a

11.3%
10.4%
9.0%
6.1%
n/a
10.7%
n/a

14.5%
7.7%
8.0%
9.1%
n/a
n/a
n/a

2.5%
4.2%
6.0%
4.4%
n/a
n/a
n/a

12.4%
8.6%
8.0%
9.5%
n/a
n/a
n/a

4.4%
5.1%
5.6%
4.2%
n/a
n/a
n/a

10.7%
9.0%
7.2%
9.5%
n/a
6.3%
n/a

2.7%
Jan-04
5.2% Dec-08
4.2% Mar-04
Oct-11
4.2%
Apr-16
n/a
5.8%
Sep-14
n/a

10.6%
n/a

(6.3%)
n/a

6.4%
n/a

(0.3%)
n/a

7.7%
n/a

(1.9%)
n/a

6.8%
n/a

0.6% Dec-05
Dec-05

n/a

19.6%
37.3%
33.2%
38.2%
51.5%
29.1%
21.9%
25.5%

65.2%
35.7%

n/a

1.5%
5.5%
15.1%
16.0%
32.7%
11.0%
3.8%
7.4%

33.4%
13.5%

n/a

8.2%
14.2%
8.9%
13.2%
6.4%
9.6%
8.1%
10.4%

n/a
n/a

n/a

0.8%
5.1%
1.5%
(1.7%)
1.6%
2.2%
0.7%
3.0%

n/a
n/a

n/a

13.6%
25.5%
20.6%
n/a
21.2%
17.0%
11.8%
16.7%

n/a
n/a

n/a

3.0%
11.5%
10.0%
n/a
10.6%
6.4%
1.3%
6.1%

n/a
n/a

n/a

14.0%
13.4%
14.5%
19.1%
18.8%
8.8%
9.7%
7.8%

1.7% Feb-09
6.6% Nov-06
6.1%
Jul-08
6.5% Mar-13
Feb-12
9.1%
2.6% Nov-06
1.7% Nov-10
2.1% Mar-07

28.8% 15.7%
5.1%
19.5%

Dec-14
Dec-14

n/a

n/a

We have delivered strong and consistent long-term investment returns for our clients across our business and we believe we are in the rare 
minority of investment businesses where 100% of our current investment products and solutions have delivered positive relative performance 
against their respective benchmark since inception.

This was recognised by FundCalibre who recently undertook a survey in the equity markets and analysed all fund managers that had more than 
five eligible funds where each fund had at least a five-year track record. Equity Solutions came top in this survey, which is a testament to the 
strength of our underlying investment processes and the skill and dedication of our portfolio managers.

In a world that is increasingly bifurcating between passive and active investment management we have clearly demonstrated our ability to 
deliver to our clients very strong positive relative and absolute outperformance across the entire range of asset management strategies and 
it is this along with excellence in client service recognised in our client satisfaction survey, that distinguishes our business amongst other asset 
managers.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

04    

BUSINESS MODEL

Overall approach to what we do

How we are structured

The core ethos of the Group  
is to be aligned with our clients’ 
desired outcomes.
Our purpose is simple – to identify 
our clients’ actual financial problems 
and needs, and solve them as 
effectively as possible. This involves 
us doing two things well:

1

Understanding our clients in great  
depth – in order that we can define the  
need in the right level of detail that  
we can solve it fully. This involves us 
understanding clearly the environment  
within which they operate. For example,  
how defined benefit funding works, or the 
influence of Solvency II on insurance clients, 
are important to understand if we are to 
appreciate properly the investment needs.

2

Developing and maintaining very  
strong investment skills – that can be 
deployed in various ways to solve these 
investment challenges.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

The Group is structured into four 
divisions under two banners:

Solutions
led by Jack Berry

Fiduciary
Management 

Asset  
Management 
led by James Barham

Advisory

Derivative
Solutions 

Equity 
Solutions 

All of the divisions operate as part of a single business 
and are complementary in nature, allowing for the 
distribution of multiple advisory and investment 
solutions to clients. Each division has different and 
complementary capabilities which can be applied 
singly or in combination to deliver a client outcome.

The outcomes for the business

Our approach leads to long-term relationships with clients, 
who have an expectation and understanding of how we will 
engage with them to meet their outcomes. Our advisory 
and fiduciary relationships result in us being closely involved 
with the investment process of our clients, which in turn 
gives us a greater insight into their needs.
The outcome this delivers for our business is a stable and 
recurring revenue base which expands with an increasing 
level of services and range of activities with each client 
engagement.
This is reflected in our growth in AUM/NUM, low attrition 
rates, and high client satisfaction.

2017 REGRETTED 
INSTITUTIONAL ATTRITION 

CLIENT SATISFACTION  
SURVEY OVERALL SCORE

3%

8.3/10

 
 
Strategic report

Governance

Financials

05    

How we generate revenue

The results for

The Group generates revenue in 
four main ways:
Management fees
In the Fiduciary Management, Derivative Solutions and 
Equities Solutions divisions, fees are generally charged 
based upon levels of Assets under Management or Notional 
under Management in Derivatives (‘AUM’ and ‘NUM’ 
respectively). These fees are expressed as basis points 
(‘bps’) charged on the levels of AUM and NUM. Fees vary 
between products and clients, depending on factors such 
as client type, mandate size, and product type. This means 
that they can vary as the mix of products changes.

Performance fees
Some Equities and Fiduciary mandates include performance 
fees, which are earned for investment performance above 
a specific benchmark. These benchmarks are carefully 
tailored to client outcomes, to ensure that the Group’s 
reward is closely linked to the interests of our clients. In 
other divisions, the client objectives are generally not linked 
to absolute investment outperformance and therefore 
performance fees are not used.

Advisory retainers
Advisory retainers are earned where clients engage us to 
provide pre-agreed levels of service over time, generally a 
year. They are often recurring over a number of years.

Advisory projects
Where clients engage us for specific ad-hoc advisory 
engagements, we categorise the income as project revenue. 
Many of our advisory project clients are also retainer or 
fiduciary clients, or clients of other divisions.

Principal risks

The Group’s principal risks can be found on page 28. 
The most significant this year have been identified as:
 – The risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed 

processes, people, systems and controls (including from 
outsource providers) or from external events leading to 
financial loss, forgone revenue, fines and reputation 
damage.

 – The risk of critical systems or connectivity failures 
leading to an inability of the Group to operate for a 
period of time. This could lead to trading losses, as well 
as client losses and reputational damage.

 – Significant withdrawals of AUM and/or NUM at short 
notice and loss of advisory mandates could have an 
impact on management fees and advisory fees.

Shareholders
We believe that delivery against our 
strategy will lead to:
 – Strong underlying revenue growth per annum 

from organic sources over an increasing range of 
investment solutions

 – Continued growth in adjusted underlying profit  

margin to above 30%

 – Continuing growth in underlying dividends, with 

additional returns from performance fees

Other Stakeholders
 – Our focus on long-term client relationships creates a 

stable business which allows us to reward our employees 
and provide strong career development. As a sustainable 
and profitable business we are able to contribute to the 
broader community.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

06    

THE DIVISIONS

The Group is organised into four divisions. All of the divisions operate as part of a single  
business and are complementary in nature, allowing for the distribution of multiple advisory  
and investment solutions to clients. Each division has different capabilities which can be  
applied singly or in combination to deliver a client outcome. 

Divison

What we do

What differentiates us

Strategy highlights

Fiduciary 
Management
£10.5bn
AUM

Fiduciary Management involves the delegation by clients of a 
range of services to the Group, within an agreed governance 
framework. These include asset allocation, hedging, and 
manager selection.

Our clients are predominantly DB pension schemes through the 
Total Investment Governance Solution (TIGS) product, but also 
now encompass DC and Insurance clients.

 – One of the longest track records in providing fiduciary management 

Our strategy falls into three areas:

to UK DB pension schemes dating back to 2004 and DC schemes 

 – Investment: Continue to invest in our macro-economic process to ensure 

continuing ability to generate strong risk-adjusted returns

 – Proposition: Key to our strategy is flexibility, whereby size doesn’t constrain or limit 

our clients’ access to our best ideas and innovative thinking. We continue to 

innovate the delivery of the fiduciary proposition to meet evolving client needs in a 

flexible manner

 – Distribution:

1.  Continue to strengthen relationships with third party intermediaries to 

support their engagement with prospects;

2.  Articulate directly to market our views on the need (and how and when) to 

generate return in maturing DB plans

Advisory
180 clients >£25bn
AUA

The Advisory division provides investment, actuarial and 
transaction advice to UK DB pension schemes, UK DC pension 
schemes, US pension schemes and insurance firms.

Advice is given either on a retainer basis, or through  
ad-hoc projects. 

 – As an investment specialist, we develop a strong partnership with our 

 – Flexibility is core to the Advisory division offering clients a tailored service designed 

clients and their key stakeholders through the delivery of focused 

specially around their needs, preferences and governance requirements

 – The division expects to deepen its client base within its core practice areas, 

particular DB pension schemes where today the emphasis on investment return is 

critical. We believe now more than ever there is a need amongst most UK DB plans 

for strong returns into the future driven by a genuine understanding of macro-

economic fundamentals

 – The division continues to explore other institutional segments suited to its 

specialist approach, both within the UK and overseas markets

since 2011

 – A robust and repeatable macro-economic led investment process 

which has demonstrated skill in proactively rotating asset class exposure 

and taking opportunities to generate very strong returns and strong 

risk management

 – A strong focus in our consulting approach on client needs (as evidenced 

by our client satisfaction scores)

 – A clear eye on capacity to ensure all clients can benefit from niche 

opportunities, often overlooked by the broader market, to deliver 

 – Ability to leverage the Group’s derivatives capability to provide truly 

integrated, bespoke risk management solutions irrespective of client 

strong performance

size or type

 – A performance fee structure linked to a transparent scheme liability 

benchmark, giving strong alignment of interests

investment advice

 – Very strong focus in our consulting approach on client needs 

(as evidenced by client satisfaction scores)

 – Direct trading expertise offering deeper insights to macro and derivative 

markets ensuring proactive advice for clients

 – All clients have access to our best ideas and latest thinking, irrespective 

of their size or approach to engagement – using the same underlying 

macro-economic led investment process which drives our Fiduciary 

Management proposition

 – We don’t believe in the industry’s ‘set and forget’ approach, rather 

we adapt our advice to clients to get them to their end goal with 

greater certainty

Derivative 
Solutions
£16.9bn
NUM

Equity  
Solutions
£3.6bn
AUM

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

River and Mercantile Derivatives offers fully tailored segregated 
derivative solutions. The segregated approach gives full access 
to a range of derivative strategies.

Our approach allows clients to access:
– LDI
– Synthetic Equity and protection strategies
– Currency hedging

We believe this approach should be accessible to all pension 
schemes irrespective of size.

River and Mercantile Equity Solutions is a long-only active 
equity manager providing a range of equity products and 
solutions across the following markets:

– UK Equities (PVT Team)
– Global Equities (PVT Team)
– Emerging Market Equities (ILC Team)

These investment strategies are offered on a segregated and 
pooled basis to retail intermediaries on a wholesale basis in the 
UK, and to institutional clients in the UK, Europe, US, Australia 
and New Zealand.

 – We do not offer pooled funds – we believe passionately that a 

segregated approach provides the best result for clients

Our strategy includes working with pension schemes that have been underserviced 

in derivatives management:

 – We will work with clients of any size – our average client size is 

 – Small private sector pension schemes – sub £500m pension schemes who tend to 

significantly smaller than our competitors

be limited to pooled funds

 – Equity derivative specialist – we have always provided equity derivative 

 – Improve access for Local Government Pension Schemes (LGPS) who have 

strategies as a core offering and have a long performance track record

struggled historically to implement derivatives

 – Systems – we have a dedicated system development team which means 

Our small scheme strategy involves:

we can easily systemise what we do to the benefit of our clients

 – LGPS – we believe we are the first derivatives manager to have 

segregated local government pension scheme derivatives documentation

 – Innovating the approach to segregated LDI to make it feel as easy as a pooled fund

 – Educating consultants on the benefit to their clients of a segregated approach 

with an aim to become known as the champion of small schemes

Our LGPS strategy involves:

 – Building a documentation suite to allow LGPS to implement derivatives

 – Meeting with LGPS representatives to educate and inform them of the benefits 

of derivatives

 – We believe a specialist investment business, with high levels of 

ownership and aligned interests represents the best investment 

environment leading to superior performance for clients

 – We will continue to emphasise client engagement, where we spend a great deal of 

time with our clients understanding their needs and ensuring that the investment 

products that are developed meet these specific requirements

 – We look to consistently exploit proven factors to generate strong 

absolute and relative investment returns with an approach which is 

 – We will look to grow in our core UK markets, but also expect to build upon the 

success of recent mandate wins in the US and Australasian markets to drive growth 

systematic, repeatable and scalable

overseas and provide distribution diversification

 – Our multi-factor approaches and understanding of investment cycles 

have enabled us to generate strong returns in the past and position us 

well to continue to deliver for our clients in the future

 – We will continue to broaden our product set to respond to high conviction 

investment opportunities and sustainable client needs

 – We will invest upfront in our people and investment infrastructure to ensure that 

 – We have exceptional fund managers and analysts with significant insight 

we have the right mix of experience, skills and investment tools to ensure that we 

can continue to deliver strong investment returns

and experience, and outstanding track records and decision making 

processes that are based off a flat and fully accountable structure where 

high conviction investments are put into client portfolios

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

07    

Divison

What we do

What differentiates us

Strategy highlights

Fiduciary 

Management

£10.5bn

AUM

Fiduciary Management involves the delegation by clients of a 

range of services to the Group, within an agreed governance 

framework. These include asset allocation, hedging, and 

manager selection.

Our clients are predominantly DB pension schemes through the 

Total Investment Governance Solution (TIGS) product, but also 

now encompass DC and Insurance clients.

Advisory

180 clients  £25bn

AUA

The Advisory division provides investment, actuarial and 

transaction advice to UK DB pension schemes, UK DC pension 

schemes, US pension schemes and insurance firms.

Advice is given either on a retainer basis, or through  

ad-hoc projects. 

River and Mercantile Derivatives offers fully tailored segregated 

derivative solutions. The segregated approach gives full access 

to a range of derivative strategies.

Our approach allows clients to access:

– LDI

– Synthetic Equity and protection strategies

– Currency hedging

We believe this approach should be accessible to all pension 

schemes irrespective of size.

Derivative 

Solutions

£16.9bn

NUM

Equity  

Solutions

£3.6bn

AUM

 – One of the longest track records in providing fiduciary management 
to UK DB pension schemes dating back to 2004 and DC schemes 
since 2011

 – A robust and repeatable macro-economic led investment process 

which has demonstrated skill in proactively rotating asset class exposure 
and taking opportunities to generate very strong returns and strong 
risk management

 – A strong focus in our consulting approach on client needs (as evidenced 

by our client satisfaction scores)

 – A clear eye on capacity to ensure all clients can benefit from niche 
opportunities, often overlooked by the broader market, to deliver 
strong performance

 – Ability to leverage the Group’s derivatives capability to provide truly 
integrated, bespoke risk management solutions irrespective of client 
size or type

 – A performance fee structure linked to a transparent scheme liability 

benchmark, giving strong alignment of interests

 – As an investment specialist, we develop a strong partnership with our 
clients and their key stakeholders through the delivery of focused 
investment advice

 – Very strong focus in our consulting approach on client needs 

(as evidenced by client satisfaction scores)

 – Direct trading expertise offering deeper insights to macro and derivative 

markets ensuring proactive advice for clients

 – All clients have access to our best ideas and latest thinking, irrespective 
of their size or approach to engagement – using the same underlying 
macro-economic led investment process which drives our Fiduciary 
Management proposition

 – We don’t believe in the industry’s ‘set and forget’ approach, rather 
we adapt our advice to clients to get them to their end goal with 
greater certainty

 – We do not offer pooled funds – we believe passionately that a 

segregated approach provides the best result for clients

 – We will work with clients of any size – our average client size is 

significantly smaller than our competitors

 – Equity derivative specialist – we have always provided equity derivative 
strategies as a core offering and have a long performance track record
 – Systems – we have a dedicated system development team which means 

we can easily systemise what we do to the benefit of our clients
 – LGPS – we believe we are the first derivatives manager to have 

segregated local government pension scheme derivatives documentation

River and Mercantile Equity Solutions is a long-only active 

equity manager providing a range of equity products and 

solutions across the following markets:

– UK Equities (PVT Team)

– Global Equities (PVT Team)

– Emerging Market Equities (ILC Team)

These investment strategies are offered on a segregated and 

pooled basis to retail intermediaries on a wholesale basis in the 

UK, and to institutional clients in the UK, Europe, US, Australia 

and New Zealand.

 – We believe a specialist investment business, with high levels of 

ownership and aligned interests represents the best investment 
environment leading to superior performance for clients

 – We look to consistently exploit proven factors to generate strong 

absolute and relative investment returns with an approach which is 
systematic, repeatable and scalable

 – Our multi-factor approaches and understanding of investment cycles 
have enabled us to generate strong returns in the past and position us 
well to continue to deliver for our clients in the future

 – We have exceptional fund managers and analysts with significant insight 
and experience, and outstanding track records and decision making 
processes that are based off a flat and fully accountable structure where 
high conviction investments are put into client portfolios

Our strategy falls into three areas:
 – Investment: Continue to invest in our macro-economic process to ensure 

continuing ability to generate strong risk-adjusted returns

 – Proposition: Key to our strategy is flexibility, whereby size doesn’t constrain or limit 

our clients’ access to our best ideas and innovative thinking. We continue to 
innovate the delivery of the fiduciary proposition to meet evolving client needs in a 
flexible manner

 – Distribution:

1.  Continue to strengthen relationships with third party intermediaries to 

support their engagement with prospects;

2.  Articulate directly to market our views on the need (and how and when) to 

generate return in maturing DB plans

 – Flexibility is core to the Advisory division offering clients a tailored service designed 

specially around their needs, preferences and governance requirements
 – The division expects to deepen its client base within its core practice areas, 

particular DB pension schemes where today the emphasis on investment return is 
critical. We believe now more than ever there is a need amongst most UK DB plans 
for strong returns into the future driven by a genuine understanding of macro-
economic fundamentals

 – The division continues to explore other institutional segments suited to its 

specialist approach, both within the UK and overseas markets

Our strategy includes working with pension schemes that have been underserviced 
in derivatives management:
 – Small private sector pension schemes – sub £500m pension schemes who tend to 

be limited to pooled funds

 – Improve access for Local Government Pension Schemes (LGPS) who have 

struggled historically to implement derivatives

Our small scheme strategy involves:
 – Innovating the approach to segregated LDI to make it feel as easy as a pooled fund
 – Educating consultants on the benefit to their clients of a segregated approach 

with an aim to become known as the champion of small schemes

Our LGPS strategy involves:
 – Building a documentation suite to allow LGPS to implement derivatives
 – Meeting with LGPS representatives to educate and inform them of the benefits 

of derivatives

 – We will continue to emphasise client engagement, where we spend a great deal of 
time with our clients understanding their needs and ensuring that the investment 
products that are developed meet these specific requirements

 – We will look to grow in our core UK markets, but also expect to build upon the 

success of recent mandate wins in the US and Australasian markets to drive growth 
overseas and provide distribution diversification

 – We will continue to broaden our product set to respond to high conviction 

investment opportunities and sustainable client needs

 – We will invest upfront in our people and investment infrastructure to ensure that 
we have the right mix of experience, skills and investment tools to ensure that we 
can continue to deliver strong investment returns

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

08    

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S  
REVIEW

Mike Faulkner
Chief Executive Officer

This Report marks three years 
since we brought River and 
Mercantile to the public markets. 
While a single year can be a short 
period of time over which to 
evaluate a strategy, three years 
can give a much greater 
perspective. I therefore want to 
focus my statement on this by:

 – Re-visiting what we are trying to do as 

a firm;

 – Looking at how we have performed in 

the last three years including returns to 
shareholders, particularly in light of our 
stated aims set out in my 2014 statement; 
and

 – Describing our future strategy.

What we are trying to do as a Group
Our purpose is simple – to identify our 
clients’ actual financial problems and needs, 
and solve them as effectively as possible. 
The Group’s outcome-orientated approach, 
which focuses on tailoring solutions using 
our various skillsets in order to achieve 
client outcomes, has conduct at its core. 

This involves us doing two things well:
 – Understanding our clients in great 

depth – in order that we can define their 
need in the right level of detail so that we 
can solve it fully. This involves us 
understanding clearly the environment 
within which they operate. For example, 
how defined benefit funding works, or the 
influence of Solvency II on insurance 
clients, are important to understand if we 
are to appreciate properly the investment 
need; and

 – Developing and maintaining very 

strong investment skills – that can be 
deployed in various ways to solve these 
investment problems.

Obviously, these are supported by 
infrastructure and a broader control 
environment, but these two activities 
really define the essence of who we are. 
Our contention is that this is good for 
clients, shareholders and employees 
simultaneously. It makes it more likely 
that clients will have their needs met and 
therefore that we will add value for them. 
Firstly, because our clients are experiencing 
value, they are more likely to remain with 
the firm, which in turn produces high 
quality earnings for shareholders. Secondly, 
because we operate in a wide range of 
environments, we get to work on a wide 
variety of interesting and challenging 
problems, which improves staff retention 
and is better in the long-run for clients.

This simultaneous win for our three 
key stakeholder groups is critical 
to our model and is the reason we 
don’t deviate from the idea.

Critically, we do tend to stick to problems 
that are relatively hard to solve, and that 
therefore require a relatively high level 
of intellectual content. There are two 
reasons for this. First, culturally we prefer 
the challenge of things that are hard to 
do. Second, it tends to mean we will be 
less subject to competitive pressures 
than if we were offering something that 
is inherently commodity-like in nature.

This approach to working with clients 
has also driven the initiatives on which 
we are focusing in the coming years.

TARGET UNDERLYING REVENUE GROWTH

TARGET MEDIUM TERM UNDERLYING MARGIN

12% P.A.
30-35%
£170M

Based on existing products

REVENUE AT CAPACITY

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

09    

How we performed over the last three years

The table below shows some key metrics illustrating how the business has performed in the last three years.

Growth in Fee-earning AUM/NUM
Growth in net management and advisory fees
Adjusted underlying pre-tax margin
Regretted institutional attrition

2014

n/a
n/a
22%
3%

2015

21%
33%
27%
1%

2016

22%
–2%*
24%
4%

2017

22%
22%
29%
3%

CAGR

21%
12%

*  2016 revenues were impacted by the closure of the global thematic equity team and the disposal of part of the US business, Palisades.

The table shows a number of important 
elements. We have succeeded in growing net 
management and advisory fees at around 
12% per annum. This is around the minimum 
level of medium-term growth we tend to 
expect across the business, and is lower 
because we have had to close two activities 
during the three-year period that were 
revenue generative (our global thematic 
equities business and our US pensions 
transaction business, Palisades). 
Prospectively, we expect our growth rate 
to be in excess of this level.

Our adjusted underlying profit margin has 
widened from 22% to 29%. On the basis of 
revenue growth, this implies our underlying 
profit growth is 86% over the three-year 
period, or 23% per annum.

has outpaced revenue, partly because we 
have seen a small amount of margin 
contraction (mainly a mix-of-business effect), 
but mostly because advisory fees have been 
relatively flat over the three-year period.

Our regretted institutional attrition rate has 
been relatively low during the period, and is a 
function of our client outcome-led approach 
to engaging, as I described earlier. As a 
result, our AUM/NUM growth has been 
strong. This, coupled with investment 
performance, has led AUM/NUM growth in 
the three years to be 21% per annum. This 

But how does this growth achieved compare 
with our strategy? In our 2014 Report, I made 
a series of statements about our strategic 
intent. The table below lists them, what 
happened, and identifies whether we 
achieved the objective or not.

Statement

Outcome

Strong organic growth in Fiduciary Management

Advisory also to grow

Equity mandates to grow through wholesale…

…and outcome-led institutional

Derivative growth further fuelled through consultant 
relationships

New product launch to accelerate growth

Organic growth achieved in Fiduciary Management 
AUM of 20% pa over the three years

Advisory revenue 1% p.a. down over the three years, 
but slightly up excluding the effect of Palisades 
(which was closed)

Wholesale equity growth of 29% p.a. over the 
three years

Global high alpha was developed as a result of a client-
led outcome and has been a great success

Additional derivative assets through intermediary-led 
relationships of £3.2bn, representing 20% of current 
NUM

 – DAA fund – £141m
 – UK Micro Cap – £100m (capacity)
 – UK Dynamic Fund – £200m
 – Global High Alpha – £600m

Total new product assets–>£1bn

Evaluation

Strong perform

Under perform

Strong perform

Strong perform

Strong perform

Strong perform

The table shows that we have performed strongly on five measures, and underperformed on one. In general, assuming we all accept that 
strategies are rarely delivered perfectly (or else they are unlikely to be sufficiently ambitious!) the business has performed well – we have grown 
significantly and done it consistently with our intent.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

10    

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW

Continued

Underlying this is our investment platform, 
which has delivered strong performance 
across all of our service offerings. I believe it 
is rare for any investment firm to have this 
consistency across product offerings, and 
that is testament to both the quality of our 
people and the focus of the business on those 
things we are confident we can do well.

The table on page 3 shows the investment 
performance we have achieved across our 
various strategies and the key thing I would 
draw out from this analysis is this is not a 
statement of the percentage of strategies 
outperforming – such an objective can be 
achieved by everything outperforming by 
0.1% per annum, which is of relatively little 
value to a client. Rather, our strategies aim 
to add meaningful value for clients, in a 
way that makes a significant difference to 
their circumstances. All of our solutions are 
ahead of their benchmark since inception.

It is this consistency that led to FundCalibre 
ranking our Equity Solutions division top for 
relative outperformance across our range of 
products over a five-year period. The award 
was well deserved as it reflects the strength 
of the PVT investment process, and this 
consistency is reflected across the whole firm.

Returns to shareholders over recent years
Notwithstanding that markets can, from 
time to time, value different things other 
than financials, our returns to shareholders 
have to date been relatively strong, both in 
absolute terms and compared to our sector.

In truth though, we do not pay substantial 
attention to the performance of our sector. 
Rather, we are focused on the delivery of 
strong absolute economic returns to 
shareholders.

Nonetheless, I think that in one respect 
we need to communicate our story better. 
As I showed earlier, our attrition rate is 
very low compared to peers within our 
industry (a number of our competitors 
have stopped disclosing the components 
of client flows, showing only net flows). 

Group share price and TSR performance

Our client base is very diversified, as is our 
revenue exposure by asset class, which we 
are disclosing regularly in our Revenue-
weighted asset attribution (RWAA).

Our RWAA is shown in the Financial Review 
on page 20. The point we are making in 
disclosing this information on attrition 
and diversification is that the quality of 
our revenue is very strong and stable, 
much more so than most traditional asset 
management firms (that is not a criticism 
of those firms – just an observation of the 
difference between our business models).

I am not yet convinced that these factors 
are reflected in our valuation, so we will 
continue to communicate this differentiation 
to investors.

%
250

200

150

100

50

Jun 14

Jun 15

Jun 16

Jun 17

R&M Share price
R&M Total shareholder return
MSCI UK Financials share price
MSCI UK Financials total shareholder return

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

11    

Our strategy for the next three to five years
During the last three years, we have 
significantly developed the depth of 
our resources and our effectiveness in 
operating in different distribution channels. 
Immediately following the IPO, there were 
channels we aspired to access – specifically 
the consultant channel. These have 
been established and we have effective 
client relationships in these areas. This 
gives us strategic options that we did 
not have three years ago and therefore 
it is right that we refresh our strategy.

I am a great believer in the idea that 
strategy is ‘the evolution of a central 
idea through changing circumstances’.

Our central idea is this concept of 
understanding client needs, and solving 
them well, where we are focused on solving 
difficult problems. I believe this strength 
is a competitive advantage in our industry 
and we work hard for it to remain so.

For the next three to five years, the emphasis 
in selecting ‘difficult’ problems will be 
towards the generation of return, rather than 
other types of difficulty. Markets seek what 
they don’t have, and markets value growth 
most highly in those that have it when growth 
is more generally not present. Similarly, one 
of the challenges in our industry is that the 
price of risk management in a wide range of 
investment products has been very low levels 
of return. I addressed this in my statement last 
year, and it remains central to our strategy. 
I believe investors will observe, progressively, 
that if the price of risk management is 
no return, then that price is too high and 
they will look for alternative solutions.

Therefore, the selection of strategies 
we offer to meet particular needs will 
tend to have the characteristics of being 
significant-return focused, and delivering 
this return in a way that is consistent 
with a particular desirable outcome. The 
strategies and their desired outcomes, 
will be dependent on the channel desiring 
them. We currently operate in seven 
channels as shown in the table below.

Channel

UK long-term savings

US pensions

UK institutional

Wholesale

US institutional

Insurance

Asia Pacific Institutional

Current strategies represented

 – Fiduciary management
 – Advice (investment)

 – Fiduciary management
 – Advice (actuarial/investment)
 – Pension risk transfer

 – Structured equity
 – LDI
 – High alpha (Global and UK)
 – Recovery

 – Small cap equities
 – Value equities
 – Income/dynamic equities

 – Value equities
 – Derivatives

 – Fiduciary management
 – Advice

 – Global high alpha

We believe there is opportunity to widen the range of strategies offered through each channel, 
as well as adding to the channels.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

12    

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW

Continued

Area/fund

Fiduciary Management including DAA Fund
Derivatives – LDI
Derivatives – Structured equity
Equities

Total

Current AUM 
£bn

Estimated 
capacity  
£bn

Revenue at 
estimated
capacity1
£m

10.5
13.2
3.6
3.6

40
>30
>20
15

65-75
20-25
10-15
75-85

170-200

1  Revenue is estimated by taking margin ranges multiplied by estimated capacity.

Importantly, we have significant capacity to 
grow. Shown in the table to our right is our 
remaining capacity to take on assets in our 
existing asset management strategies, along 
with estimated total management fees when 
capacity is reached (ignoring performance 
fees and new products). This shows clearly 
that we still have very significant room to 
grow our business through the above 
channels.

The above tables identify our specific 
focus to grow the current business, and 
that we have very significant capacity to 
grow the business if we are successful.

Given we have developed the number 
of channels through which we operate, 
and have significant remaining capacity 
to support growth in these channels, 
it makes sense to refresh our strategic 
objectives for the next three to five years. 

I therefore codify these growth 
objectives into the following measurable 
statements, against which I will report 
on progress in subsequent statements:
 – We intend to grow our net management 
and advisory revenue, organically, at a 
minimum of 12% per annum;

 – We may make acquisitions to grow 

faster, but only if it takes us faster in the 
above direction and in a way consistent 
with our central idea;

 – We will aim to increase returns to 

shareholders through performance 
fees;

 – We will aim to grow the smaller 
channels faster, in order to be 
significantly more diversified by 
channel in the next three to five years;

 – We will launch Global Macro, 

International (ex US) equity and 
international (ex US) smaller companies 
products, along with other products, to 
support this growth strategy;

 – We will aim to focus growth by channel, 
in the first instance, on those products 
and services identified in the above 
table; and

 – We will continue to grow our underlying 
operating margins to >30% over the 
medium term, by growing remuneration 
and admin expenses at a lower rate 
than net management and advisory 
fees.

With this in mind, I would re-emphasise 
our central idea – I would expect us in the 
coming years to launch products that are 
not on the above list, that emerge as a 
result of client need-led demand. We will 
certainly add investment capability we 
do not currently already have in-house, 
should the right individual or team become 
available. For example, we would very 
much like to add capabilities in credit 
and private markets, should the right 
opportunities come along. If they do not, 
we will not add them for the sake of it.

Summary
We remain true to our central idea of 
understanding our clients’ problems and 
needs, and using our investment skills to 
solve them. This principle has allowed us 
to grow strongly in the three years since 
IPO, in a way that has been consistent 
with the strategy we set out at the time.

As a business we are now far stronger in 
every way – depth of people, scale and skills, 
and breadth of clients – and as a result we 
have refreshed our strategy to reflect this. 
Our ambition for growth continues, but we 
will remain focused on our central idea, just 
applied to a broader range of markets, and 
with an emphasis on delivering returns.

Finally, on behalf of everyone 
in the Company, I would like to 
thank all of you for your continued 
support – we are grateful for it.

Mike Faulkner
Chief Executive Officer

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

We remain true to 
our central idea of 
understanding our 
clients’ problems  
and needs, and  
using our investment 
skills to solve them

Our ambition for 
growth continues, 
but we will remain 
focused on our 
central idea, just 
applied to a 
broader range of 
markets, and with 
an emphasis on 
delivering returns

13    

As a business we 
are now far 
stronger in every 
way – depth of 
people, scale and 
skills, and breadth 
of clients

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

14    

CASE STUDY

Focused on 
clients’ outcomes

The Group’s subsidiary P-Solve launched its US business in 
2008, offering investment advisory, actuarial advisory and 
fiduciary management services. It won its first corporate 
defined benefit fiduciary management client in November 
2008, at the height of the global financial crisis. This client, 
Altra Industrial Motion, a publicly-listed multinational 
manufacturer, hired P-Solve to help it ‘exit the pension 
business’ within a reasonable timeframe.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

15    

P-Solve LLC was initially hired only for 
DB fiduciary management, however 
the relationship eventually expanded to 
include DC investment advisory, actuarial 
advisory services and ultimately the 
termination of the defined benefit pension 
plan in 2017. P-Solve LLC has also helped 
Altra with its DC plans in the UK.

Over the years, P-Solve LLC has:
 – Managed Altra’s pension investment risk, 
generating returns consistent with the 
stated objectives;

 – Designed and executed multiple liability 
risk-transfers, reducing the size of the 
plan;

 – Advised Altra to accelerate contributions 

based on Altra’s corporate finance 
position and strategic objectives;
 – Consulted on the retirement plans of 

potential acquisitions;

 – Reduced fees and improved the investment 

options for DC plan participants.

Altra decided to terminate the US defined 
benefit plan after successfully reaching 
full funding in 2014. Plan assets have been 
managed since then to closely match plan 
liabilities, taking into consideration many 
factors related to the details of terminating 
a pension plan. P-Solve LLC’s combination 
of investment and actuarial services and 
the tight coordination of these teams, helps 
ensure a smooth plan termination that 
meets the objectives of the plan sponsor.

Altra has served as a reference for P-Solve 
LLC over the years and has shared their 
success story with peers at other plan 
sponsors. The business will continue to 
advise on the defined contribution plans 
once the DB plan is terminated and would 
likely serve again as the DB advisor to Altra 
were it to acquire a business that has one.

While from a business standpoint it is 
disappointing to lose a client like the Altra 
DB plan, it can be seen as nothing other 
than the culmination of a successful client 
engagement process. Our clients invest 
with well-defined goals. When a goal is 
ultimately achieved, it may mean that the 
relationship ends, but that is a successful 
outcome. Successful outcomes like this will 
lead to more clients who have similar goals 
in the future. The US market has thousands 
of legacy corporate DB plans like Altra’s with 
trillions of dollars in assets. Most of these 
plans will be terminated in 20 years’ time, 
but there is a lot of business to win in this 
market and P-Solve LLC’s business model 
that tightly integrates actuarial services 
with fiduciary management is well-suited to 
deliver successful outcomes in this market.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

16    

FINANCIAL REVIEW

Strong improvements  
across the business

Kevin Hayes
Chief Financial Officer

 – Fee earning AUM/NUM increased by 22%

Key performance indicators

 – Positive net flows in every quarter since IPO – 

total net flows for the year of £3.8bn

 – Positive investment performance of £1.7bn

 – Regretted institutional attrition of 3%

 – Net management and advisory fees up 22%

 – Growth in adjusted underlying margin to 29%

 – Adjusted EPS growth of 97%, dividend  

growth of 107%

 – Total shareholder return since IPO of 26.1%

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

1 Growth in fee earning AUM/NUM

Fee earning AUM/NUM

2017

2016

2015

2014

£31,049m

£25,548m

£21,017m

£17,352m

22% 22% 21% 7%

The growth in AUM/NUM is a key indicator of the client engagement 
process and is the driver for growth in net management fees. The growth 
in AUM/NUM is a function of new mandates, low attrition rates, 
aggregate investment performance and net rebalance.

Previously, the Group reported growth in mandated AUM/NUM as its 
KPI. This has been changed to fee earning AUM/NUM as a more objective 
measure. The KPI results on the basis of mandated AUM/NUM were 29%, 
18%, 17% and 22% for the years 2014-2017 respectively.

4 Adjusted underlying pre-tax 

margin

Adjusted underlying pre-tax margin¹

2017

2016

2015

2014

29% 24% 27% 22%

The strong revenue growth in the year combined with the scalable 
operating platform, has led to further growth towards management’s 
stated target of underlying margins in excess of 30%.

Adjusted underlying pre-tax margin is an indication of the ability to 
achieve scale through increased AUM/NUM and revenues, at a lower 
marginal increase in related expenses.
1  See glossary on page 110.

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

17    

2 Client attrition

3 Growth in net management and 

advisory fees

Regretted institutional attrition (RIA)

Net management and advisory fees

2017

2016

2015

2014

2017

2016

2015

2014

£55.9m

£45.7m

£46.7m

£35.1m

3% 4% 1% 3%

22% -2% 33% 31%

The Group’s regretted institutional attrition varies from year to year 
but continues to be exceptionally low when compared to traditional 
asset managers.

RIA is the opening AUM/NUM of lost institutional clients, divided by total 
opening AUM/NUM. It excludes pension clients which have entered the 
Pension Protection Fund due to sponsor default or pensions who have 
moved to buy-in or buy-out, and redemptions arising fund benefit payments.

RIA is not directly measured for Equity Solutions – Wholesale as investor 
redemption decisions tend to be driven by their asset allocation and 
investment performance outcomes.

Low client attrition is a direct result of our client engagement process.

5 Percentage of adjusted earnings 

per share distributed

Dividends per share

2017

2016

2015

86% 82% 83%

Interim dividend paid:

Declared second interim dividend:

Proposed final dividend:

Total dividend for the year:

19.7 pence

9.5 pence

13.0 pence

5.6p 

8.1p

6.0p

19.7p

The Group’s dividend policy is to pay at least 60% of the Group’s adjusted 
underlying profits available for distribution by way of ordinary dividends. 
In addition, the Group expects to generate surplus capital over time, 
primarily from net performance fee earnings. The Group intends to 
distribute such available surpluses, after taking into account regulatory 
capital requirements at the time and potential strategic opportunities, to 
shareholders primarily by way of special dividends.

Following impacts in the prior year from the closure of the global 
thematic equity team in 2015 and the disposal of the Group’s Palisades 
business in the US in 2016, this year has seen strong growth in this KPI.

Management and Advisory fees represent the underlying revenues 
generated by the business. This metric measures the sustainability of 
the business.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

18    

FINANCIAL REVIEW

Continued

AUM/NUM and margins
The growth of our net management fee revenue results from the growth of our assets and notional under management and the stability of our 
management fee margins charged to clients.

Positive net flows are an indication of both our ability to retain previously won assets; and our ability to win new mandates and increase 
allocations from existing client mandates.

The following table shows the AUM/NUM for the year ended 30 June 2017.

Assets Under Management (AUM) and Notional Under Management (NUM)

£m

Opening fee earning AUM/NUM
Sales
Redemptions

Net rebalance

Net flow
Investment performance

Closing fee earning AUM/NUM

Mandates in transition 
Redemptions in transition

Total mandated AUM/NUM

Opening mandated AUM/NUM
Increase/(decrease) in fee earning assets
Increase/(decrease) in mandated assets

Average fee earning AUM/NUM
Average margin 2017 (bps)
Average margin 2016 (bps)
Medium term margin guidance (bps)
Net management fees 2017 £m

Fiduciary 
Management

9,287
969
(650)

319
–

319
922

Derivative 
Solutions 
(NUM)

13,903
2,800
(1,443)

1,357
1,628

2,985
–

Equity Solutions

Wholesale

Institutional

Total

1,171
666
(407)

259
–

259
391

1,187
656
(413)

243
–

243
382

2,358
1,322
(820)

502
–

502
773

Total AUM/
NUM

25,548
5,091
(2,913)

2,178
1,628

3,806
1,695

10,528

16,888

1,821

1,812

3,633

31,049

–
(2)

–
(572)

10,526

9,238
13%
14%

10,236
17-18
17-18
16-17
17.7

16,316

13,483
21%
21%

15,735
6-7
7-8
6-7
10.9

–
–

1,821

1,171
56%
56%

1,502
71-72
73-74
66-68
10.7

–
–

1,812

1,187
53%
53%

1,470
41-42
47-48
39-40
6.1

–
–

3,633

2,358
54%
54%

2,972
56-57
61-62
n/a
16.8

–
(574)

30,475

25,079
22%
22%

28,943
16
16
n/a
45.4

Total sales for the year increased by 16% to £5.1bn. Of these sales, 
£1.7bn were from new client mandates and £3.4bn were increased 
allocations and new mandates from existing clients. The ability to 
grow through our existing clients is an indication of positive client 
satisfaction through delivering against outcomes and gives the 
business an overall lower cost of client engagement.

RIA is not directly measured for Equity Solutions – Wholesale as 
investor redemption decisions tend to be driven by their asset 
allocation and investment performance outcomes. We closely 
monitor these outcomes in particular investment performance 
against benchmarks to determine whether the causes for wholesale 
attrition are negative client outcomes.

£m

Gross outflows
Opening AUM/NUM
Outflow %
RIA 2017
RIA 2016

Fiduciary 
Management

Derivative 
Solutions

650
9,287
7%
1.1%
3.5%

1,443
13,903
10%
3.6%
4.2%

Equity 
Solutions – 
Institutional

413
1,187
35%
11.6%
0.5%

Total

2,506
24,377
10%
3.0%
3.5%

This year saw an increase in Equity Solutions – Institutional as the 
result of a single mandate which was redeemed following a change in 
investment allocation decision. The overall level remains low, 
emphasising the stability of the Group’s client base.

Investment performance added £1.7bn to AUM. Within Fiduciary 
Management, 33% of the performance was generated from the 
bond-based matching fund and 67% from the risk assets.

Overall margins have remained stable reflecting slight reductions in 
individual businesses, offset by an increase in higher margin 
strategies. Our medium-term management fee margin guidance 
reflects increasing client mandate sizes and anticipated mix effects.

Regretted institutional attrition (RIA)
Our business model is focused on clients’ needs and desired 
investment outcomes, rather than a product-led approach to 
engagement. This approach results in higher client satisfaction 
and therefore low redemption rates. We measure this by RIA.

RIA is the opening AUM/NUM of lost institutional clients, divided 
by total opening AUM/NUM. It excludes pension clients which have 
entered the Pension Protection Fund due to the sponsors default or 
pensions who have moved to buy-in or buy-out, and redemptions 
arising for operational cash flows such as fund benefit payments.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

19    

Revenue
£’000

Net management fees
– Fiduciary Management
– Derivatives
– Equity Solutions Wholesale
– Equity Solutions Institutional

Net management fees
Advisory fees
– Retainers
– Project fees

Advisory fees

Total net management and 
advisory fees

Performance fees
– Fiduciary Management
– Equity Solutions

Total performance fees

Total revenue

2017 

2016

Increase/ 
(decrease)

17,677
10,883
10,668
6,143

45,371

5,697
4,825

10,522

13,871
9,481
8,750
4,662

36,764

6,019
2,886

8,905

27%
15%
22%
32%

23%

(5%)
67%

18%

55,893

45,669

22%

6,585
5,964

12,549

68,442

1,227
299

1,526

47,195

437%
1,895%

722%

45%

Net management fees
Management fees are generally charged as a percentage of the  
AUM/NUM we manage for the clients and are negotiated with clients 
based on a number of factors including the size of mandate. Net 
management fees reflect rebates and other payments to external 
distributors.

This year, we have seen strong growth in net management fees, with 
an increase of 23%. This is an excellent result, reflecting the strong 
growth in AUM/NUM at stable management fee margins.

Fiduciary Management

Closing fee 
earning AUM 
£m

Growth in fee 
earning AUM

Average AUM 
£m

Average 
margin (bps)

Revenue  
£m

Growth in 
revenue YoY

10,528

13%

10,236

17-18

17.7

27%

Fiduciary Management has once again enjoyed a successful year, 
with particularly strong investment performance in the early part of 
the year, which follows its success last year during the market reaction 
to Brexit. While the resulting growth in AUM in June last year had 
minimal impact on revenue in 2016, it had a full year impact this year.

Multi-Asset Solutions
During the year, the Dynamic Asset Allocation (DAA) Fund has 
continued to attract investors and at year-end its AUM was £141m 
(2016: £64m). As the fund has a three-year track record and has 
reached a sustainable level of AUM, the Group redeemed its £5m seed 
capital position, realising a gain of £0.8m. The DAA Fund uses the 
same investment processes as TIGS in Fiduciary Management. Its 
launch and seeding in 2015 was a strategic priority to give access to 
the TIGS investment strategy in daily dealing fund format to a 
broader range of investors, both wholesale and institutional.

Derivative Solutions

Closing fee 
earning AUM 
£m

Growth in fee 
earning AUM

Average AUM 
£m

Average 
margin (bps)

Revenue  
£m

Growth in 
revenue YoY

16,888

21%

15,735

6-7

10.9

15%

Derivative Solutions comprises Liability Driven Investing (LDI) 
including gilt collateral management) and structured equity products.

Derivatives by type:

£m

Opening fee earning NUM
Sales
Redemptions
Net rebalance

Net flow

Structured 
equity

2,737
1,374
(511)
43

Gilts and LDI

Total NUM

11,166
1,426
(932)
1,585

13,903
2,800
(1,443)
1,628

906

2,079

2,985

Closing fee earning NUM

3,643

13,245

16,888

Mandates in transition 
Redemptions in transition

–
(572)

–
–

–
(572)

Total mandated NUM

3,071

13,245

16,316

Derivatives’ structured equity capabilities provide strategies to shape 
the return profile of clients’ equity portfolios.

The majority of structured equity redemptions during the year – 
and in transition at the year-end – relate to clients repositioning 
their exposures, due to equity market performance or changes in 
the underlying asset portfolios.

LDI relates to the management of interest rate and inflation risk in the 
underlying pension liabilities. We continued to see strong flows from 
existing clients who increased their level of hedging to respond to 
market and scheme funding levels. These hedges generally increase in 
value as interest rates fall, helping to defend clients from increases in 
their liabilities.

As structured equity products are usually sold at a lower margin than 
LDI, the average margins of the Derivative Solutions division will fall 
over time if structured equity continues to sell strongly, due to 
mix-shift effects.

Equity Solutions – Wholesale and Institutional

Closing fee 
earning AUM 
£m

Growth in fee 
earning AUM

Average AUM 
£m

Average 
margin (bps)

Revenue  
£m

Growth in 
revenue YoY

3,633

54%

2,972

56-57

16.8

25%

The Equity Solutions division provides long-only equity funds and 
strategies to institutional clients and wholesale intermediaries. 
Institutional clients can access the strategies through funds or 
segregated mandates. The funds are available to wholesale 
intermediaries who distribute to their retail clients.

2017 has been a strong year for the Equity Solutions division and its 
PVT (Potential, Valuation and Timing) investment team with strong 
sales and investment performance driving AUM above £3.6bn.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
20    

FINANCIAL REVIEW

Continued

The successful globalisation of the PVT 
process has continued, with mandate wins in 
the UK, US, Australia and New Zealand. 
Other significant wins include the £200m 
mandate from Alliance Trust.

In an environment of increasing client focus 
on value-for-money, demonstrating strong 
and sustained investment performance is key 
to demonstrating positive client outcomes. 
Across the entire Equity Solutions fund range 
the inception-to-date investment 
performance is above benchmark. This was 
recently recognised when the division was 
named as the top performing manager in the 
FundCalibre Fund Management Equity Index 
2017, with 5 year average outperformance of 
greater than 50% above the comparable peer 
group. The performance of the individual 
funds can be seen on page 3.

With the exception of the UK Smaller 
Companies Fund and the UK Micro Cap 
Investment Company all strategies have 
significant additional capacity. The pipeline 
remains strong from institutional clients. 
Retail markets have been buoyant during the 
year, with strong wholesale flows, however 
we remain cautious on the outlook for equity 
markets in 2018.

In June 2017, we signed a heads of terms and 
sub-IAA with Credit Suisse Asset 
Management (CSAM) whereby an emerging 
market equity investment team (the ILC 
team), who managed $352m of assets, 
transferred to the Group. These strategies 
are being managed under an investment 
advisory agreement with CSAM until the 
Luxembourg registered UCITS funds are 
transferred to the Group, which is anticipated 
to occur in the first half of the 2018 financial 
year. The addition of the ILC team, who have 
a similar life cycle investment philosophy to 
the PVT Team, expands our equity solutions 
expertise into emerging market equities. 
The assets will be shown in AUM once the 
underlying funds are transferred to the 
Group under an IMA.

Advisory revenues
The Solutions division earns revenues from 
clients who engage us on a retained fee basis 
or from specific projects. This year has seen 
an 18% increase in advisory revenues driven 
by increased project fees.

Part of this is due to the market environment, 
with events like Brexit and other change 
generating more project work over the year. 
The strong equity market returns (and 
improving funding levels) resulted in more 
client activity, particularly in introducing 
more downside protection to equity 
mandates and other de-risking strategies.

The split between retainers and project fees was:

£’000

Retainers
Project fees

Total advisory fees

Revenue-weighted asset attribution
The revenues of traditional asset management 
firms have a high correlation to equity 
markets. However, the relative diversification 
of the Group’s revenue streams compared to 
many of our peers mean they display greater 
stability and resilience to negative equity 
market movements.

Revenue-weighted asset attribution (RWAA) 
classifies our management and advisory 
revenues by the respective driver of the 
revenue. Management fees from Equity 
Solutions and Fiduciary Management that 
relate to equity allocations are classified as 
having an equity market driver. Likewise, the 
components of Fiduciary Management that 
relate to bond and interest rate allocations 
are classified as having an interest rate driver. 
Advisory revenues are not market sensitive 
and therefore are classified as being 
‘independent’. In Derivative Solutions, while 
the underlying revenue is generated on 
hedging strategies in interest rates, inflation 
and equities, the revenue is not linked to the 
mark-to-market valuation but to the 
contractual notional amount of the 
derivative instrument. As a result, these 
revenues are also considered independent or 
cash-like in their characteristics.

RWAA – June 2017

6%

35%

37%

7%

15%

Equities – Non-discretionary
Equities – Discretionary
Interest rates
Independent
Other

37%
7%
15%
35%
6%

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

2017

5,697
4,825

10,522

2016

6,019
2,886

8,905

We believe this shows that the Group is well 
diversified in its revenue base, with over 50% 
of revenue derived from sources which will 
not decrease as a direct result of an equity 
market downturn. This is not to say that a 
prolonged downturn would not have an 
impact on our business over time, but our 
revenues should show lower volatility than 
other traditional asset managers.

Within Equity Solutions, while the 
underlying revenue is related to equity 
market performance we have a range of 
strategies that play to different parts of 
the equity market cycle which forms part 
of our investment philosophy and process. 
The income strategies play to the stability 
of large cap quality companies; the smaller 
company and micro-cap strategies play 
to growth cycle; the recovery funds, 
both UK and World, play to a recovery 
cycle after a market correction; and the 
globalisation of the PVT process and 
the addition of the emerging market 
team allows us to offer strategies linked 
to different geographic regions.

RWAA measures a differentiating attribute 
of our business which is a source of 
competitive advantage. The cross-cycle 
stability of our revenue base and therefore 
our net economics allows us to take a longer 
term view in hiring, retaining and developing 
our staff. This gives us a consistency of client 
engagement and allows us to build long-term 
trusted relationships with our clients so that 
we understand their expected outcomes.

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

21    

Performance fee revenue
This year has seen a significant increase in 
performance fees as a result of the strong 
underlying performance generated by the 
investment teams, coupled with the more 
stable interest rate environment in the case 
of Fiduciary Management.

Fiduciary Management
Investment performance in TIGS (the main 
investment strategy within Fiduciary 
Management) above a benchmark generates 
performance fees for some clients. During 
the year, TIGS generated 14% performance 
including liability hedging.

As we have previously guided, in a stable 
to rising interest rate environment we 
would expect to earn higher performance 
fees from Fiduciary Management. During 
the year interest rates were more stable. 
This rate environment combined with the 
investment performance from assets in 
the risk portfolios generated investment 
performance of £0.9bn for clients which 
resulted in gross performance fees of £6.6m.

The majority of the performance fees in TIGS 
are subject to a deferral mechanism whereby 
performance fees are recorded one third in 
the year the investment performance occurs, 
and two thirds deferred and spread over two 
further years. If the performance hurdle is 
exceeded on an annual basis, the next third 
of the deferred fees becomes payable in each 
of the subsequent years. Underperformance 
in the deferral period is required to be made 
up in subsequent periods before 
performance fees can be earned. In the event 
that the client redeems its investment, 
deferred fees become immediately payable.

Performance fees are recorded on the 
anniversary dates of each mandate, which 
fall throughout the year.

In the year ended 30 June 2017, of the £6.6m 
of performance fees earned, £0.2m were 
from previously deferred performance fees.

In the last two years, TIGS has strongly 
outperformed its performance hurdles. 
As a result there are a number of clients who, 
if performance continues, will crystallise 
performance fees where previously they 
did not.

The table below shows the level of 
performance fees the Group would 
crystallise at different outperformance 
levels. It is based upon the following 
assumptions:

1.  Outperformance is consistent each year;
2.  The current performance fee eligible 

AUM is as at 30 June 2017 without change 
over the period; and

3.  The 30 June 2017 performance level is the 

starting point.

Outperformance each year

June 2017

June 2018

June 2019

June 2020

Actual fees £m

Estimated TIGS performance fees £m

0%
2%
4%

Equity Solutions
In Equity Solutions, performance fees are 
earned on outperformance relative to a stated 
benchmark. The majority of performance 
fees are realised based on a calendar year 
performance period, with the exception of the 
River and Mercantile UK Microcap Investment 
Company Limited (‘RMMIC’). The RMMIC is 
structured as a closed-ended vehicle. If the net 
asset value rises above a prescribed value, the 
independent board of Directors of the RMMIC 
will consider a redemption of shares and 
return of capital to investors. At this point, 
the Group will crystallise a performance fee.

6.6
6.6
6.6

7
11
13

14
24
32

4
17
30

Performance fees were £6.0m for the year 
ended 30 June 2017, including £4.9m from 
the RMMIC.

At 30 June 2017, total performance fee 
eligible assets (excluding RMMIC) were 
£358m. Of these assets, £302m were 
above their benchmark by less than 5% 
and £56m were above their benchmark 
by more than 5%. The weighted average 
rate of performance fees in respect of 
outperformance on the eligible AUM is 16%.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

22    

FINANCIAL REVIEW

Continued

Administrative expenses

£’000

Administrative expenses excluding governance
Governance costs
Non-recurring IT project costs

Administrative expenses

Total net management and advisory fees
Recurring admin expenses vs net management and advisory fees

2017

10,007
413
1,142

11,562

55,893
18.6%

2016

9,084
706
–

9,790

45,669
21.4%

While administrative expenses grew at a 
lower rate than underlying revenues, which is 
evidence of the scalable operating platform 
within the business, total administrative 
expenses did increase. This increase related 
to market data costs as we expanded our 
coverage of global market indices to support 
the growth in the geographical spread of 
Group offerings, as well as previously guided 
IT cost increases and a half-year impact of 
rent increases.

Governance costs fell as a result of the 
reduction in the number of Non-Executive 
Directors during the year, plus certain project 
costs in 2016 which were not incurred in 2017.

As previously indicated, the Group has 
invested in technology in the year, with the 
move away from PSG for IT infrastructure 
provision to a new third party provider 
and the refresh of our hardware and 
communication links to make the business 
more resilient. The migration has been 
completed on budget of £1.1m, and 
has delivered increases in performance 
and resilience of Group IT systems.

Management recognise the importance of 
cost efficiency, and remain committed to 
continuing growth in pre-tax margins as 
outlined in Mike’s CEO Report.

However, in 2018 we anticipate that 
administrative expense to underlying 
revenue will be in the range of 20–21%, 
driven by the following areas of increased 
spend: occupancy; IT and legal costs relating 
to investment in the funds platform including 
the Global Macro fund; regulatory compliance; 
and the new ILC team based in Chicago.

In 2016 we increased our footprint in our 
office on Coleman Street and in the next year 
we will be adding additional space to provide 
for expansion. The lease on our Strand office 
will end in December 2021 and we have taken 
the opportunity to align all leases to the 
same end date. In 2018 we will have a 
full-year impact of the rent review on the 
Strand and increases in business rates.

We will incur the cost increase of the new 
IT infrastructure of £0.3-£0.4m per annum, 
consistent with our statements in the 
prior year. In 2017 we incurred additional 
legal expenses to establish an Irish UCITS 
umbrella fund for the launch of the Global 
Macro Fund. In 2018 we will transition 
from the Credit Suisse Luxembourg UCITS 
platform to a new platform provider for 
the ILC Team. In addition we intend to 
establish a Delaware LLC and Collective 
Investment Trust in the US to launch 
Equity Solutions strategies for the PVT 
and ILC teams. The expansion of our funds 
platform will allow us to attract a broader 
investor base both in the US and Europe.

In 2017 we incurred additional legal costs 
relating to a number of regulatory and 
compliance initiatives as a result of changes 
in the UCITS remuneration regime, market 
abuse and competition regulations and 
started the work on the implementation 
of MiFID II. We anticipate that will incur 
additional legal costs ahead of the 
implementation in the first half of FY 2018.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

ADJUSTED UNDERLYING 
PRE-TAX MARGIN

29%

Up 5% from prior year

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

23    

Remuneration

£’000

Fixed remuneration
Variable remuneration

Total remuneration (excluding EPSP costs)
Total revenue (excluding other income)

Remuneration ratio (total remuneration excluding  
EPSP/total revenue)

2017

2016

20,114
15,201

35,315
68,442

18,423
7,111

25,534
47,195

52%

54%

Remuneration expense includes: fixed 
remuneration comprising base salaries, 
drawings, benefits and associated taxes; 
and variable remuneration comprising 
performance bonus, profit share 
paid to the partners of RAMAM LLP, 
the amortisation of the fair value of 
performance share awards under non-
dilutive share plans and associated taxes.

Fixed remuneration is allocated to net 
management and advisory fees. Variable 
remuneration is accrued on net management 
and advisory fees, and performance fees.

We had previously stated that we expected 
the accrual rate of remuneration to be around 
54% on net management and advisory fees 
and 50% on performance fees for the year. 
However, the strong growth in revenue 
during the year has allowed us to reduce 
the accrual rate on net management and 
advisory fees to 52%, earlier than expected. 
It is management’s intention to reduce this 
ratio over the medium term, although the 
level in any given year may be affected by 
the level of investment in new teams.

To the extent that the Group generates 
significant performance fees, the Directors 
will look to lower the remuneration ratio 
associated with them.

Executive Performance Share Plan (EPSP)
The EPSP was established at the IPO and 
Executive Directors were given awards over 
a maximum total of 7.3m shares, which they 
would be entitled to receive based upon 
achieving a compound total shareholder 
return of between 12% and 30% during the 
period from IPO to 30 June 2018, with a 
one-year holding period after vesting until 
30 June 2019.

The EPSP costs in the income statement 
comprise the IFRS 2 accounting charge for 
the scheme and the accrued payroll tax costs 
related to the awards. The IFRS 2 charge is 
£452k per annum irrespective of the 
expected or actual outcome of the scheme. 
The payroll tax costs vary as a function of the 
number of shares expected to vest and the 
expected share price on vesting.

Based upon the TSR as at 30 June 2017, 
which was 26%, 5.4m shares would vest. 
However, as the performance period ends on 
30 June 2018, the Directors believe that a 
reasonable estimate of the number of shares 
which will vest is 4.8m, representing a TSR of 
24%. This generates a charge for the year for 
National Insurance of £1.1m.

Whilst the actual timing of dividends impacts 
the result, assuming a dividend yield of 5% 
per annum, full vesting would occur at a 
share price of approximately £4.30. At a 
payroll tax rate of 14.3%, this would generate 
a payroll tax cost of £4.5m and a corporate 
tax deduction of £6.0m.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

24    

FINANCIAL REVIEW

Continued

2017

2016

2015

16,389
24%
23,427
34%
16,360
29%
18,589

7,236
15%
11,849
25%
11,084
24%
9,536

10,525
20%
15,895
30%
12,429
27%
12,693

Capital, liquidity and regulatory capital
The business is strongly cash generative, 
generating net cash from operations of 
£24m. Cash and cash equivalents at year 
end were £31m.

As a business regulated by the UK Financial 
Conduct Authority, we hold prudent levels 
of capital resource in order to ensure our 
financial stability. We undergo an ongoing 
Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment 
Process (ICAAP), to ensure that we are 
holding sufficient levels of equity capital for 
the scale and nature of our operations 
and risk.

As at 30 June 2017, adjusting for the effect of 
the interim and proposed final dividends and 
EBT purchases in respect of PSP awards, we 
have excess qualifying regulatory capital 
of £8m.

Statutory and adjusted profits

£’000

Statutory profit before tax
Statutory pre-tax margin
Adjusted profit before tax
Adjusted pre-tax margin
Adjusted underlying profit before tax
Adjusted underlying pre-tax margin
Adjusted profit after tax

Adjusted underlying profit represents 
net management and advisory fees 
less associated remuneration, recurring 
administrative expenses (excluding 
IT transition costs), depreciation, 
and finance income and expense.

Adjusted profit comprises adjusted 
underlying profit, plus performance fees net 
of associated remuneration and the gain on 
disposal of the DAA Fund seed position.

The Directors believe that adjusted profit is a 
measure of the cash operating profits of the 
business and gives an indication of the profits 
available for distribution to shareholders.

Adjusted underlying pre-tax margin 
represents adjusted underlying profit before 
tax, divided by net management and 
advisory fees.

Management have previously stated an 
objective to grow the adjusted underlying 
pre-tax margin to above 30% in the medium 
term. In the prior year, the Group’s margin 
fell as the result of several structural changes 
made by management including the closure of 
the global thematic equity strategy with the 
loss of £0.8bn of AUM, plus a fall in project 
revenue and other advisory business changes.

ADJUSTED PROFIT BEFORE TAX

£23.4M

Up 98%

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

25    

FCA competition investigation
The Group’s subsidiary RAMAM is co-
operating with an investigation by the FCA 
under its concurrent competition powers 
(note 24). The matter does not affect any 
clients of the Group or the NAV of any fund 
or segregated mandate. The Group has 
not been notified of the outcome of this 
investigation however, in the event of a 
financial impact, the Directors do not 
expect the net outcome to be material to 
the financial statements.

Dividends
On 31 March 2017, an interim dividend of 
5.6p per share was paid which included 
a special dividend of 1.4p relating to net 
performance fees. The Directors have 
declared a second interim dividend of 
8.1p per share, of which 2.8p is a special 
dividend relating to net performance 
fees to be paid on 3 November 2017. In 
addition the Directors are proposing to 
shareholders a final dividend of 6.0p per 
share, of which 2.8p per share is a special 
dividend relating to net performance fees. 
Total dividends per share paid, declared or 
proposed for the year ended 30 June 2017 
are 19.7p per share, representing 80% of 
the adjusted underlying profit after tax and 
100% of the net performance fee profit 
after tax. This is an increase in dividends 
of 107% compared to the prior year.

Kevin Hayes
Chief Financial Officer

Employee Benefit Trust
The Group’s EBT purchases Group shares in 
the open market to meet the potential vesting 
of share awards granted under the Group’s 
PSP and DEP share plans, as the Board has 
stated that grants under these plans will not 
be dilutive to shareholders.

During the year, the Group’s EBT purchased 
1.3m shares relating to the previous years’ 
share awards, with a de minimis number being 
sold as a result of award vestings. The net cost 
of these transactions was £3.5m and is shown 
in the statement of changes in equity. As at 
30 June 2017, the EBT held 1.9m shares, which 
broadly corresponds to the number of shares 
subject to award up to 30 June 2017. The 
weighted average number of shares in issue 
has reduced as a result of purchases of own 
shares by the EBT. The EBT has waived the 
right to dividends on the shares which it holds.

As at 30 June, the Group had granted share 
awards which were either expected to vest, 
or could possibly vest, over 0.6m shares. 
During the Group’s end of year remuneration 
process, the Group granted share awards 
over a further 1.0m shares, based upon an 
estimated grant price. All such share awards 
are not intended to be dilutive.

Regulatory matters
MiFID II
The changes following from MiFID II and 
MiFIR (together ‘MiFID II’) come into effect 
in January 2018. In broad terms, MiFID II will 
significantly impact how trading activities 
are carried on, associated transparency, and 
also how firms are required to organise and 
conduct their regulated activities. For the 
Group, two of the main areas in which MiFID 
II has an impact relate to enhanced 
transaction reporting and the charging of 
research to investors.

The Group’s plans to implement enhanced 
transaction reporting are in place and there is 
no anticipated increase in administrative 
costs as a result of this change.

Access to third party research is a critical 
component in our investment process and is 
additive to our internal research and 
screening processes in stock selection and 
portfolio construction. Third party research 
provides an important verification process in 
the development of our investment themes 
on individual companies and has supported 
the significant outperformance across our 
whole range of equity investment strategies.

Historically, the cost of third party research 
in Equity Solutions has been charged to clients 
within the expenses of the funds or mandates.

We have reviewed the FCA position papers 
with regards to research costs and note the 
approach taken by our industry peers. We are 
consulting with our clients to determine how 
they wish to engage with us with regards to 
research costs. Once this consultation is 
complete we will provide an update as to our 
agreed final position.

CMA review of advisory and investment 
management
As part of the Financial Conduct Authority 
(FCA) Asset Management Market Study the 
FCA has made a referral to the Competition 
and Markets Authority (CMA) to carry out 
a market investigation into the supply 
and acquisition of investment consultancy 
services and fiduciary management services 
to and by institutional investors and 
employers in the UK.

The CMA has contacted P-Solve Investments 
Limited and requested information and 
documents with regards to its investment 
consulting and fiduciary management 
business. We are cooperating with these 
information requests. The review is at an 
early stage and it is not clear what the 
outcomes will be.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

26    

RISK MANAGEMENT

Key developments
The Group’s 2017 financial year has seen 
the continuation of the geopolitical risks 
that have been a feature of the financial 
landscape for some time now. The election 
of a weakened government at home, 
combined with the ‘knowledge’ that Brexit 
will go ahead in some form or fashion 
as yet uncertain, has nevertheless seen 
the UK markets continue on in the now 
familiar pattern of steadily rising markets 
against a backdrop of macro uncertainty. 

The regulator’s gaze was turned fully to the 
asset management sector in the period in 
the form of the FCA’s Asset Management 
Market Study and the publication of the 
interim and final reports, the latter right at 
the end of the financial year. The market 
investigation reference to the Competition 
and Markets Authority brings what could be 
a further eighteen months of uncertainty for 
those, like the Group, involved in investment 
consultancy. It is clear that there is further 
work to be done on many of the study’s 
proposed remedies but equally clear that 
change is coming to investor disclosure 
and communication, including with respect 
to fees and also to fund governance in 
terms of formalising considerations 
of investor value for money and the 
requirement for independent governance 
on fund boards. The range of prospective 
change is reasonably well signposted and 
together with the application of the Senior 
Managers and Certification Regime, now 
likely sometime in the second half of 2018, 
can be addressed on a planned basis.

The pace of regulatory change has continued 
and the Group has been required to respond 
accordingly. The final position on the 
implementation of MiFID II is now known, 
with relevant requirements in force from 
January 2018. The changes to market 
infrastructure and processes which MiFID II 
introduces mean that there will be changes 
to systems and controls across the Group 
including new methods of trading and trade 
reporting, as well as potential changes to 
the way in which the Group engages with 
providers of investment research. Other 
MiFID II changes will impact the way in which 
the Group works with platform distributors 
of its investment products and similarly in 
the way in which those platforms interact 
with underlying clients. The implementation 
of the Market Abuse Regulation led to 
a wholesale review of the way in which 
the Group interacts with the market and 
compliance policies and procedures across 
the Group generally have been recast with a 
risk focus in mind. Resources in the second 
line of defence have been enhanced to give 
effect to those changes. The introduction 
of the 4th Money Laundering Directive has 
required a review of client due diligence 
procedures and the introduction of the 
General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) 
in May 2018 will introduce additional 
requirements not only in respect of data 
protection generally but also in respect 
of data protection in the context of anti-
money laundering and terrorist financing.

Cyber risk and risk relating to information 
security have both been and continue to 
be areas of focus and attention within the 
Group and at the regulator. The Group was 
able to avoid being impacted by any of the 
major cyber attacks in the news, but we are 
aware that such attacks are now part of the 
everyday operational risk which the Group 
faces. While a robust IT infrastructure is 
key, the role of Group staff as gatekeepers 
of that infrastructure is critical to the 
protection of the Group from these risks. 
Staff training and awareness of the risks and 
how to spot them is an important part of 
the Group’s layered response to managing 
cyber and information security risk.

Approach to risk management
The Group’s primary focus is on delivering 
strong outcomes for clients. Risk 
management in the Group has a focus on 
this objective, which we consider to be 
strongly aligned to the outcomes expected 
by our other constituents: our shareholders; 
employees; regulators and the broader 
community. The principal risks which the 
Group faces are risks relating broadly to this 
client engagement point, and business risks 
relating to trading, systems and people.

This outcome-orientated approach to 
risk management is applied throughout 
the Group, from the governance 
approach instilled by the Board and 
carried through to our employees via the 
output from the Board’s committees and 
those operated at subsidiary level.

The key Board committees in the risk 
framework are as set out below:

Board of Directors
Overall responsibility for maintaining risk management and internal control systems.

Audit and Risk Committee
Responsible for providing 
oversight and advice to the 
Board in relation to current and 
potential risk exposures and 
future risk strategy.

Investment Committee
Considers potential events and 
trends which could materially 
impact performance and strategy.

Remuneration Committee
Assists the Board in 
determining its responsibilities 
in relation to remuneration 
consideration of risk awareness, 
management and 
accountability for risk.

Client Engagement 
Committee
Ensures the business culture 
of client-led, outcome-
orientated solutions is upheld 
across the Group.

Executive Committee and senior management 
Responsible for setting and monitoring the Group’s risk profile.

Corporate and functional departments
Detailed risk assessment and management at all department levels.

Employees
Responsible for identifying client outcomes and executing against them.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

27    

There are two other Board committees 
which cover investment risk (the Investment 
Committee) and client engagement (the 
Client Engagement Committee). The former 
provides a governance framework to oversee 
and support the investment process and 
considers a broad range of investment 
themes, including emerging economic and 
political considerations, monitors the 
performance of investment products to 
ensure conformity with expected outcomes 
and monitors investment risk within the 
Group in order to ensure that aggregated 
investment positions are appropriate. The 
Client Engagement Committee provides a 
means for direct Board oversight of the client 
engagement process. The committee views 
the quality and content of engagement with 
the Group from the perspective of clients 
who use or receive the Group’s products and 
services. The committee therefore considers 
engagement through a client lens and 
considers whether the needs of clients as 
recipients of products and services have been 
appropriately identified and considered 
across the Group and how in turn that client 
experience can be used to shape solutions 
accordingly. Both committees report to the 
Board (usually by way of written report) at 
each Board meeting.

Three lines of defence
The Group uses a ‘three lines of defence’ 
approach to risk management. This 
helps to embed a culture of compliance 
and conduct within the divisions and 
operational staff themselves.

1st line – this comprises the Chief Executive, 
business management and staff, and the 
divisional COOs, who ensure that day-to-
day activities are managed in accordance 
with internal policies and the Group’s risk 
appetite. Additionally, the divisional COOs 
attend Audit and Risk Committee meetings.

The Group has compliance policies and 
procedures in place and all employees receive 
ongoing training to instil a risk and compliance 
awareness and client-orientated culture.

2nd line – this comprises the Risk, 
Compliance and Legal functions, who are 
responsible for identifying, assessing, 
evaluating, monitoring and reporting on 
compliance and risk related issues faced 
by the Group. The Risk and Compliance 
functions report to the CFO, however 
with an independent line to the Audit 
and Risk Committee. Business risks 
are discussed at Risk Management 
Committee meetings. For the most part 
this involves regulatory intelligence and 
forward-looking risk management.

Processes include assessing the impact to 
the Group of specific issues, determining 
their expected likelihood and consequences, 
and developing and implementing 
prioritisation and management strategies. 
In a coordinated and collaborative approach, 
the Compliance, Risk and Legal functions 
also monitor and provide assurance 
as to the adequacy and effectiveness 
of the Group’s internal controls.

The Group continues to operate three 
separate regulated entities, P-Solve 
Investments Limited, P-Solve LLC and River 
and Mercantile Asset Management LLP, each 
of which has its own compliance officer.

3rd line – this comprises internal audit to 
provide assurance over the effectiveness 
of processes and controls in the Group. 
The Group does not have a dedicated 
internal audit function, instead using 
outside third party professionals for specific 
engagements during the year reporting 
directly to the Audit and Risk Committee.

More information
Further details on the risk management 
policy including key functions and terms 
of reference, can be found on the Group’s 
website www.riverandmercantile.com

Sean Breslin
Head of Legal, Risk and Compliance

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

28    

RISK MANAGEMENT

Continued

Principal risks and uncertainties
The Directors have carried out a robust 
assessment of the principal risks facing the 
Group, including those that would threaten 
its business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity. The following table 
summarises the principal risks and 
uncertainties considered most relevant to 
our business. See note 26 to the consolidated 
financial statements for further information 
on financial risks.

The Group’s outcome-orientated approach, 
which focuses on tailoring solutions using the 
Group’s various skillsets in order to achieve 
client outcomes, has conduct at its core. 
Therefore, in assessing the Group’s risks, the 
Directors have considered the FCA’s 11 
principles for businesses.

Management’s view on the change in level of 
risk is that in general, the pace and extent of 
ongoing regulatory change has led to an 
increase in regulatory-related risks. 
Additionally, the risk of cyber-attack 
represents a growing threat globally and 
therefore to the Group.

Highlighted cells are those which the group 
considers to be the most significant in 
threatening the Group’s business model, 
future performance, solvency or liquidity.

FCA Principle

Integrity 

A firm must conduct its 
business with integrity

Definition

Risk and outcome

Mitigations

With the diverse offering that 
the Group provides, conflicts 
of interest could arise if not 
properly managed, 
undermining the Group’s 
ability to deliver the best 
outcomes for clients.

Reputational damage could 
lead to a loss of clients, 
reduction in AUM and/or 
NUM and a reduction in the 
profitability of the Group.

As an investment manager 
and advisor, the Group is at 
risk of perceived or actual 
conflicts of interest. These 
could lead to direct financial 
loss, a loss of clients, failure 
to win new business and 
reputational issues.

The loss of, or inability to 
train or recruit, key personnel 
could have a material adverse 
effect on the Group’s 
business.

The client engagement process necessitates identifying actual or 
potential conflicts of interest between the Group and the client. 
Conflicts should be avoided or managed and mitigated in a manner 
which prevents the risk of damage to client interests. Conflicts which 
can be effectively managed can be understood and discussed with the 
client and mitigating measures introduced where appropriate. The 
Group pays due regard to the interest of its clients and puts treating 
them fairly central and foremost.

The Group maintains and operates polices and, organisational and 
administrative arrangements to identify, monitor, manage, prevent 
and resolve any material conflicts of interest giving rise to a risk of 
damage to its clients.

Our ethos is centred on delivering against the outcomes of our 
constituents. This fosters a culture of integrity and conduct that is 
based on engagement with our clients, shareholders, regulators, 
employees and the broader community. Our reputation is based on the 
quality of this engagement process.

The client engagement process is driven by the client, which includes 
the basis of engagement. Across our business we see different levels, 
from those who wish not to see our investment management offerings 
in any form, to those who expect to be involved in product 
development from early stages. By ensuring the engagement is on the 
client’s terms, client interests are promoted and the risk of damage to 
clients and potential conflicts are limited.

Policies, procedures and ongoing training covering product and 
services, Know Your Customer, anti-money laundering, Treating 
Customers Fairly and other areas of compliance.

We have formal processes of training and accreditation to advance and 
motivate our employees in order to support the continuity of our client 
engagement business model.

Our remuneration structures are designed to motivate and support 
the development of our employees and provide incentives linked to 
their individual, divisional and Group performance.

Succession plans identify employees with the potential to fill key 
business leadership positions.

Conflicts of interest

A firm must manage conflicts 
of interest fairly, both 
between itself and its 
customers and between a 
customer and another client.

Skill, care and diligence

A firm must conduct its 
business with due skill, care 
and diligence.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
Strategic report

Governance

Financials

29    

FCA Principle

Definition

Risk and outcome

Mitigations

Management and control 

Market conduct

A firm must take reasonable 
care to organise and control 
its affairs responsibly and 
effectively, with adequate 
risk management systems.

A firm must observe proper 
standards of market conduct.

The risk of loss resulting from 
inadequate or failed 
processes, people, systems 
and controls (including from 
outsource providers) or from 
external events leading to 
financial loss, forgone revenue, 
fines and reputation damage.

The risk of critical systems or 
connectivity failures leading 
to an inability of the Group to 
operate for a period of time. 
This could lead to trading 
losses, as well as client losses 
and reputational damage.

The risk of loss resulting 
specifically from cyber 
attack, either to gain control 
of Group systems, or have 
Group employees make 
erroneous transactions.

Effective group oversight and governance through Board of Directors 
and Board Committees.

Experienced and knowledgeable employees with appropriate 
segregation of roles and responsibilities.

Documentation, policies and procedures govern workflows, internal 
control procedures and escalation protocols to achieve predictable 
outcomes.

Workflows, internal control processes and escalation protocols 
designed to achieve predictable outcomes.

Insurance covering errors and omission mitigating significant financial 
loss.

Business continuity management programme for the continuity of 
critical business functions and services.

Where the Group outsources operational activities, it chooses parties 
of an appropriate nature and scale to provide robust controls, and 
maintains appropriate management and oversight.

The Group’s Compliance and Risk Management functions operate 
alongside the business and provide guidance and oversight of process 
and control procedures designed to ensure compliance with 
governance and regulatory requirements. Measures include a clear, 
consistent view on risk and risk appetite, proactive and effective 
monitoring to minimise unexpected incidents and a comprehensive 
compliance monitoring programme.

The Group seeks to develop IT infrastructure diversity, for example in 
having redundant connections to key data centres.

The Group maintains business resilience measures and disaster 
recovery capabilities which include remote working facilities.

The Group maintains physical preventions (IT hardware and software) 
to minimise the risk of successful cyber attack. Systems are subject to 
periodic penetration testing and staff are trained and regularly 
reminded to remain vigilant to the risk of attack and how to respond.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
 
 
30    

RISK MANAGEMENT

Continued

FCA Principle

Definition

Risk and outcome

Mitigations

Financial prudence

A firm must maintain 
adequate financial resources.

Relations with regulators

A firm must deal with its 
regulators in an open and 
cooperative way, and must 
appropriately disclose to the 
regulator anything relating 
to the firm of which that 
regulator would reasonably 
expect notice.

Significant withdrawals of 
AUM and/or NUM at short 
notice and loss of advisory 
mandates could have an 
impact on management fees 
and advisory fees.

Sustained underperformance 
across a range of the Group’s 
products and strategies, or 
poor general performance in 
markets could result in 
reduced management fee 
and performance fee income.

A breach of regulatory 
requirements could result in 
fines and sanctions which 
could diminish the Group’s 
reputation with clients and 
the market generally.

Regulatory changes as a 
consequence of Brexit may 
lead to increased levels of 
regulatory capital or costs 
of compliance.

The client engagement process gives the Group an opportunity to 
maintain a relationship across market cycles both in advisory and 
investment management. The engagement process allows us to 
understand the risk appetite of the client and operate pro-actively to 
respond to a client’s changing outcomes.

Our focus on client outcomes aligns us with our clients and results in a 
business with low attrition rates. This creates a sustainable business 
which is therefore less subject to cyclical effects. This allows us to 
grow, attract and retain our client and investment talent.

A sustained reduction in AUM and/or NUM as a result of adverse 
market movements could result in a corresponding reduction in 
management and performance fee revenue. This may be partly offset 
by an increase in our advisory revenues as clients re-evaluate their 
investment and hedging strategies. In the short to medium term we 
can adjust our cost base, particularly remuneration which is variable 
with our overall economics.

As a regulated entity, the Group and some of its subsidiaries are 
required to hold appropriate levels of capital and liquidity in order to 
ensure their sustainability. Systems and controls and the process for 
assessing the adequacy of financial resources and associated risks 
(ICAAP) are documented in the Group’s ICAAP review document, 
which examines downside events including revenue declines and the 
costs of an orderly cessation of the Group; and if appropriate the 
Group holds additional capital as a result of these tests.

Regulatory changes are monitored by the Group’s Compliance and 
Legal functions and an active dialogue is maintained both with our 
clients and with regulatory bodies so that we can understand and 
adapt business model and strategy accordingly.

Finance and Compliance functions operate processes and controls to 
ensure the timely and accurate submission of information to the FCA.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

31    

FCA Principle

Definition

Risk and outcome

Mitigations

Customer’s interests 

Communications with clients 

Customers: relationships of 
trust 

Client’s assets

A firm must pay due regard to 
the interests of its customers 
and treat them fairly.

A firm must pay due regard 
to the information needs of 
its clients, and communicate 
information to them in a way 
which is clear, fair and not 
misleading.

A firm must take reasonable 
care to ensure the suitability 
of its advice and 
discretionary decisions for 
any customer who is entitled 
to rely upon its judgment.

A firm must arrange 
adequate protection for 
clients’ assets when it is 
responsible for them.

There are a number of risks 
arising from when we first 
engage with clients to 
understand their desired 
outcomes, and ultimately 
execute on a strategy in 
order to achieve those 
outcomes:
The client’s investment 
strategy does not meet the 
client’s desired outcomes. 
This could lead to a loss 
of clients, failure to win 
new business and 
reputational issues.

The investment performance 
is not in line with client 
expectations or investment 
advice is poor. This could lead 
to a loss of clients, failure to 
win new business and 
reputational issues.

Failure to execute the 
investment strategy in 
accordance with the stated 
investment mandate, for 
reasons including errors and 
misconduct. This includes 
managing the liquidity of 
underlying investments to 
match IMA redemption 
requirements. This could 
lead to direct financial loss, 
a loss of clients, failure to 
win new business and 
reputational issues.

The client engagement process is based on engagement with 
regulatory approved investment professionals and advisors who 
develop with the client their desired client outcomes.

Suitability is assessed by experienced and approved personnel who 
work closely with clients to understand their needs and desired 
outcomes to develop tailored solutions.

We have a long track record of investment performance which allows 
us to model for the client’s historical and hypothetical performance 
scenarios under different market conditions which informs our clients 
of the range of possible outcomes that they could expect relative to 
their objectives.

A regular governance process with clients provides for regular 
interaction to identify changes in the client’s desired outcomes and 
solicits feedback on the actual outcomes experienced by the client.

The Group’s Investment Committee oversees the Group’s investment 
views and there is a committee structure in place to support the 
provision of consistent investment views across the Group.

Investment opinions are subject to considerable evaluation and 
discussion prior to implementation or presentation to clients as 
appropriate to their form of engagement with the Group.

Investment strategies are designed and back tested, and stressed 
against different historical market events to identify to the client a 
range of possible outcomes. Investment performance is understood to 
vary within a range of outcomes and this helps clients understand the 
characteristics of different strategy options.

The governance process with the client provides a regular interaction 
to report to the client their investment performance against the 
specified client outcomes. This allows the business to check the 
appropriateness of the strategy design with clients.

The Group fosters a culture that supports a business model, 
behaviours and practices that have the fair treatment of clients at its 
core. This requires an open and honest dialogue regarding investment 
performance relative to the stated outcomes.

The investment management process is documented within the 
investment mandates, including risk limits and concentration limits. 
Investment guidelines and restriction metrics are monitored against 
mandate parameters to maintain compliance. Variance triggers and 
thresholds are in place, and breaches are promptly escalated.

Underlying liquidity within funds is monitored, and adjusted as market 
conditions dictate.

Compliance and Risk Management, which operate alongside the 
business but have independent reporting lines, act as a second line of 
defence in respect of the investment management process.

A culture of client engagement, based on conduct and fairness, fosters 
an open and honest dialogue regarding investment performance 
relative to the stated outcomes.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32    

VIABILITY STATEMENT

The Directors have assessed the viability 
of the Group over the next three years 
and confirm that they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will continue 
in operation and meet its liabilities as 
they fall due.

The Directors reviewed the viability assessment period of 
three years, and have confirmed that it remains appropriate 
as it most closely corresponds to the planning horizons used 
within the Group.

In order to assess viability over the chosen timeframe, a team 
was appointed alongside the ICAAP process. This team reported 
to the CFO and the Audit and Risk Committee, and included 
the divisional COOs, the Group head of Compliance, Legal and 
Risk, and senior representatives from the Finance function.

This team considered the principal risks that could threaten the 
Group’s business model, profitability, solvency and regulatory 
capital adequacy. As the business is strongly cash generative, 
those which would threaten viability were those which would 
reduce revenues, or lead to cost increases, thereby eroding 
regulatory capital and solvency over time. These could be 
the result of market events and macroeconomic shocks leading 
to possible investment losses and outflows, operational issues 
or regulatory changes leading to cost increases, or 
reputational damage.

Three scenarios were chosen to simulate severe yet 
plausible outcomes:
1.  A market downturn, followed by a recovery. The downturn was 
assumed to follow the Prudential Regulatory Authorities base 
stress scenario, which involves an equity market shock, 
followed by a recovery.

2.  A more prolonged downturn, with stagnant recovery over 

the viability assessment period. This is consistent with stress 
scenarios the Group uses for certain client portfolio models 
and provides a different stress to the first case, as it tests the 
resilience of the business over a longer period due to the lack 
of recovery.

3.  Regulatory change leading to additional costs within the 

business as a result of structural changes required to the Group.

The scenarios were evaluated using the Group’s 2017/18 budget 
and three-year financial projections as a starting point, with the 
impact of the changes on revenues and costs modelled on top. 
As the Group has FCA regulated subsidiaries, the assessments 
were made at both a Group and subsidiary level as appropriate.

The impact of market moves on asset values and investment 
performance was modelled by investment teams within the 
business, and the second order impacts on flows were assessed by 
the divisional COOs and Group Finance with input from business 
heads and distribution team members. The impact of cost 
increases was assessed based upon known costings at current 
operational levels and the levels of additional resource required.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

The Group’s balance sheet, cash and regulatory capital positions 
in each scenario were modelled by Finance by applying known 
historic behaviours (such as invoicing timing and frequency, 
average debtor payment days) adjusted for any expected impact 
on these assumptions arising from the stress scenarios.

The lowest profit, regulatory capital and cash position arose 
in scenario two, however in each scenario the Group remained 
profitable, albeit at reduced levels. As a result, this meant that 
the regulatory capital and cash balances were not eroded and 
the business remained viable.

The resilience of the business to these different scenarios 
resulted from:
 – The relative diversification of revenue sources between 

different asset classes, notional amounts and advisory revenues 
– this is illustrated further in the Group’s RWAA on page 20

 – The generally institutional nature of many of the Group’s 

clients, leading to less short-term negative impact on flows 
following market events. This is reflected in the Group’s 
regretted institutional attrition, which is measured on page 18

 – The remuneration policy of the Group and the underlying 

divisions generally being expressed as a percentage of revenue, 
meaning revenue reductions are partially cushioned by falling 
variable remuneration levels (up to a point).

 – The current strong starting profit levels, combined with a 

dividend policy which pays dividends based upon actual profits, 
as opposed to a progressive dividend. Whilst strong dividend 
returns to shareholders are important to the Directors, this 
approach gives the Group more flexibility to respond to the 
most severe stresses.

The nature of the viability testing is that the scenarios chosen 
should be severe. Where appropriate, the Group has controls 
and processes in place to reduce the chances of negative 
events occurring, and mitigate their impact if they do. The most 
significant change during the year has been the adoption of new, 
more resilient IT infrastructure, which offers multiple redundancies 
and data backup techniques to allow near-seamless transition to a 
backup environment in case of a primary IT failure.

As part of this year’s assessment, certain additional actions were 
identified to respond to severe events. This included formalisation 
of the process to assess and respond to stress events, with 
financial triggers identified which would lead to specific actions 
including managing media, and engaging with regulators, the 
market and other stakeholders depending on the magnitude of 
the event.

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

33    

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

34    

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

People
Our people and their development and 
advancement, are  critical to the success of 
our client-led business. Our business model 
is based on client engagement. The skills 
required by our people are a balance of 
interpersonal and analytical – to listen, 
understand and act.

As a business we are subject to competitive 
pressures and this includes the competition 
for talent. In order to remain competitive 
we have a talent management philosophy 
that is linked to attracting, advancing 
and retaining talented people.

We measure regretted staff turnover as 
a metric for our success in retaining and 
rewarding our talent. Regretted staff 
turnover is measured as the number of 
staff leaving the firm voluntarily during 
the year who were graded as performing 
as expected or better in their previous 
performance review, as a proportion 
of the average heads during the year. 
For 2017 this number was 7%.

Our talent management philosophy is 
based on:

Integrity: We understand that any sense of 
us operating without integrity will destroy 
our business; clients don’t want to engage 
with people they can’t trust.

Authenticity: One of the important 
things that already differentiates us is our 
authenticity. Many of our new employees 
have commented on how genuine they find 
our people. We encourage a sense that people 
are straight and clear about what they believe.

Respect: We expect people to be candid 
with others, this must be done with respect. 
Our people think about how they frame their 
views in a way that is respectful to other 
team members.

Community: Internally, our people are 
helpful in supporting the good of the 
organisation and externally, we encourage 
people to do things that have genuine benefit 
for others; we aim to make a difference 
through the things we do, including 
charitable work and contributions.

Diversity: We value a work force that is 
diverse. Our recruitment and talent 
management is based on merit and 
performance. However, we recognise that 
diversity at senior management and Board 
level could be improved, and gender diversity 
is reported to the Remuneration Committee 
at each meeting. Of the 224 Directors and 
employees at period end: one of eight 
Directors; four of 25 senior managers; and 
57 of 191 remaining staff were female.

Work/life balance and support
We offer supportive and flexible working 
arrangements for our employees. 
We encourage a balanced approach 
to working and offer flexible working 
arrangements to all employees. We have 
been encouraged to see the uptake of 
shared parental leave and offer equal 
potential leave pay, irrespective of gender.

Values
Values describe the behaviours that the business considers to be critical to success. Behaviour consistent with the values should be  rewarded.

Passionate about client success We expect our people to be passionate about client success. We care about our clients. We gauge this by 

whether clients believe our commitment.

Creative – involving, challenging 
and convincing others

Creativity is critical to our client proposition. We  aim  to keep reinventing ourselves to achieve our  business 
objectives of growth and to avoid becoming commoditised. This is best achieved by bringing together 
diverse people to debate issues. We therefore seek to hire and advance people who are creative, who involve 
others to get higher quality input and are comfortable challenging. In debate, we do not recognise hierarchy, 
only the quality of the argument.

Open, candid and constructive We expect our people to be open with information and their views. We expect people to be candid, 

particularly in the management of others and want all interaction to be constructive.

Demanding of our best

We aim to stretch ourselves and each other, to  be the best we can. We are demanding of our people and we 
are committed to helping them achieve excellence.

Commercial in all that we do

We expect people to express constructively their disappointment for anything that is mediocre, be it client 
work, performance or internal processes.

Commerciality means more than just profitability. We aim to engage in client relationships in a way that 
works for both the client and our business. Ultimately, commerciality is about how we balance risk and cost 
against potential reward.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

35    

Recruitment
Our policies instil in our hiring managers our 
commitment to fair  and  equitable treatment 
of all employees and applicants in the 
recruitment process.

Advancement
All employees have an equal opportunity 
for advancement, including training and 
development. The group operates an 
internal grading system which measures 
development in the organisation, 
supported by a promotion panel process.

Investing
The Group considers issues of stewardship 
and responsible investing when making 
investment decisions.

The Group directly invests in global 
equities in its Equity Solutions division. 
The investment decisions of the 
division are informed by the division’s 
voting and engagement policy, and 
UK stewardship code statement, both 
of which can be found on the Group’s 
website (www.riverandmercantile.com).

The division recognises that its responsibilities 
as an asset manager extend to having a clear 
commitment to engagement and long-term 
active ownership and has worked with a 
number of clients and other organisations to 
better understand best practice and how the 
division can actively contribute and meet its 
responsibilities in an accountable and 
conscientious manner.

The Group is conscious that owning a 
company’s shares on behalf of clients confers 
certain rights and responsibilities. At the 
same time, environmental, social and 
governance (ESG) issues, and the 
management thereof, are integral to the 
sustainability of a business. For this reason, 
Equity Solutions considers both ESG issues 
and stewardship including management 
attitudes to shareholders when analysing 
and reviewing a company.

Given that significant issues play out over 
the medium to longer term and that clients 
are invested for the longer term, these 
issues are considered on a case by case basis 
using a number of principles including:
 – Accountability of management
 – Independence of Directors
 – Appropriate board appointments and 

committee structures
 – Remuneration philosophy
 – Environmental, social and governance

Environmental Matters: Greenhouse gases
We have offices in London, Boston 
and Chicago. Our UK client base is 
predominantly in and around London and 
in the north of England. Our US client base 
is predominantly in Boston and New York.

We estimate that 85% of our employees 
utilise public transport on a daily basis to 
commute to work. Approximately 10% of 
our employees cycle to work daily and we 
have facilities in our office to encourage this 
activity, including a ‘cycle to work’ scheme.

Our offices have video conference 
facilities which are used extensively 
for client meetings to reduce travel for 
us and our clients. We use standard 
technology systems so that documents 
can be transmitted electronically.

Our travel reimbursement policy encourages 
staff to use public transport, where 
available, when attending client meetings.

We are conscious of our impact on the 
environment and have recycling programmes 
for paper and plastics and encourage 
conservation of water and other resources.

In selecting suppliers we consider their 
environmental policies as a factor in 
selection. The largest suppliers in the period 
have been professional service firms.

Carbon Neutral
In the prior year, the Group was certified 
carbon neutral, based upon a calculated 
emissions figure of 903 tonnes of CO2, 
including all travel and commuting. The 
Group has re-estimated its emissions this 
year as 892 tonnes on the same basis.

The Group is committed to minimising its 
impact on the environment and as such fully 
offsets its emissions in recognised offset 
schemes, combining green energy funding 
and forestry protection and renewal.

The Directors are therefore pleased to 
announce that the Group has once again 
been certified carbon neutral.

Modern Slavery
Whilst the Group is not subject to the 
requirements of the Modern Slavery Act, we 
take our responsibility to ensure that modern 
slavery and human trafficking is not taking 
place in our business or supply chain 
seriously. We have therefore published a 
modern slavery statement on our website 
since 2015. We have surveyed our largest 
suppliers during the year to confirm their 
adherence to the Modern Slavery Act.

By order of the Board

Peter Warry
Acting Chairman
29 September 2017

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

36    

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Peter Warry
Acting Chairman (from 13 January 2017 till 
30 September 2017) and Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director

Background and experience
Chairman of The Royal Mint, Peter has also 
served as Chairman of BSS Group plc, Victrex 
plc and Kier Group plc and has held many 
board-level roles. A former special advisor 
to the Prime Minister’s Policy Unit, he is 
an industrial professor at the University of 
Warwick. An engineering and economics 
graduate and honorary fellow of Merton 
College, Oxford, Peter is also a fellow of 
the Royal Academy of Engineering.

Committee membership
 – Audit and Risk Committee
 – Remuneration Committee
 – Nominations Committee
 – Investment Committee (Chair)

Mike Faulkner
Chief Executive Officer

Background and experience
Mike founded P-Solve in 2001 to offer 
pro-active and strategic advice to pension 
scheme trustees and corporate clients. 
P-Solve became one of the first investment 
consultants in the UK to offer Fiduciary 
Management to pension schemes.

He has 25 years of consulting and asset 
management experience, including senior 
roles with what is now Willis Towers 
Watson Ltd and Gensec International. 
Ranked top of Financial News’s annual 
survey of Europe’s most influential asset 
managers in 2011, he has a mathematics 
degree from Imperial College, London.

James Barham
Head of Asset Management and Head of 
Global Distribution

Background and experience
James founded River and Mercantile 
Asset Management (RAMAM) in 2006 
with the backing of Pacific Investments 
Management Ltd and was its Chief 
Executive Officer. He was previously part 
of the team which floated Liontrust Asset 
Management plc, where he founded the 
institutional business. This followed senior 
roles with Shandwick Consultants and 
James Capel Investment Management and 
as Marketing Director for Intermediate 
Capital Group plc. James served in the 
Royal Welch Fusiliers after Sandhurst.

Angela Crawford-Ingle
Independent Non-Executive Director

Robin Minter-Kemp
Independent Non-Executive Director

Jonathan Punter
Non-Executive Director

Background and experience
Angela is a chartered accountant with 
extensive audit experience of multinational 
and listed companies. As a partner at 
PricewaterhouseCoopers, she specialised 
in financial services for 20 years – 
leading the Insurance and Investment 
Management Division. Retiring in 2008, 
she is a partner in Ambre Partners, advising 
entrepreneurial companies. Angela is a 
Non-Executive Director of Beazley plc 
and Swinton Group Limited where she 
chairs the Audit and Risk Committees.

Committee membership
 – Audit and Risk Committee (Chair)
 – Client Engagement Committee (Chair)
 – Nominations Committee

Background and experience
Robin has more than 25 years’ experience 
in the fund management industry, holding 
senior positions with Henderson Investors 
and HSBC Asset Management before 
joining Cazenove Fund Management in 
2001. Over the next 13 years, he was 
instrumental in developing Cazenove’s 
specialised investment business, building 
external funds under management from 
£300m to £6.5bn ahead of the business’s 
acquisition by Schroders plc in July 2013.

Committee membership
 – Audit and Risk Committee
 – Remuneration Committee (Chair)
 – Nominations Committee

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Background and experience
Jonathan founded Punter Southall Group 
Ltd with Stuart Southall in 1988 and is the 
group’s Chief Executive. He has more than 30 
years’ experience in the actuarial profession, 
with particular expertise in UK pensions and 
investment strategy. He is a specialist on 
the issues surrounding pensions in mergers, 
buy-outs and due diligence deals. A qualified 
actuary with a mathematics degree from 
Bristol University, he began his career with 
Duncan C Fraser, where he was a partner.

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

37    

Jack Berry
Head of Solutions

Kevin Hayes
Chief Financial Officer

Background and experience
Jack established P-Solve’s advice capabilities 
enabling pension schemes to use derivatives 
in liability-driven investments to hedge their 
principal risks. With more than 25 years’ 
experience, he is a key point-of-call for 
trustees and sponsors. Jack began his career 
at Ernst & Young LLP and then Standard 
Chartered Bank plc, before running his own 
corporate finance business in Zimbabwe. 
He has an accountancy degree from the 
University of South Africa with a London 
Business School masters in finance and 
is a qualified chartered accountant.

Background and experience
Kevin is a proven FTSE 100 CFO with over 
25 years’ experience leading global financial 
institutions. Previously at Man Group plc, 
he was Finance Director and Company 
Secretary. This followed senior roles with 
Lehman Brothers Holdings, including 
International CFO, Head of Productivity and 
Process and Capital Markets CFO. He started 
his career with Ernst and Young LLP and was 
a financial services partner in New York.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

38    

CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE REPORT

Peter Warry
Acting Chairman

Compliance with the Code
The Board is committed to the principles 
of corporate governance contained in the 
UK Corporate Governance Code (the Code), 
issued by the Financial Reporting Council in 
April 2016. This section of the annual report 
describes how the Company has applied 
the Main Principles set out in the Code.

The UK Corporate Governance 
Code is available from the Financial 
Reporting Council’s website at https://
www.frc.org.uk/directors/corporate-
governance-and-stewardship.

The Board considers that the Company 
and the Group has complied with the 
Code, except where compliance has been 
affected by the death of Paul Bradshaw 
on 12 January 2017. Where this has been 
the case, it has been explained below and 
identified as such with an asterisk (*).

Board composition
Following the death of Paul Bradshaw, 
Peter Warry was appointed as the 
Acting Chairman of the Company.

From the period 1 July 2016 to 
12 January 2017:
Excluding the Chairman, the Board consists 
of  eight members: four Executive Directors, 
and four Non-Executive Directors – three 
of whom are regarded as independent.

From the period 12 January 2017 to 
30 June 2017:
Excluding the Acting Chairman, the Board 
consists of seven members: four Executive 
Directors, and three Non-Executive Directors 
– two of whom are regarded as independent.

As the Company is a smaller company, as 
defined in the Code, it is in compliance with 
the Code requirement to have at least two 
independent Non-Executive Directors.

The Chairman holds meetings with the 
Non-Executive Directors without the 
Executive Directors present.

Jonathan Punter is not considered to be 
independent by virtue of his shareholding 
and directorship in PSG, a controlling (38.1%) 
shareholder of the Company. However, 
the Board considers that appropriate 
independent challenge is provided by 
the Independent Directors on the Board 
and feels that the experience provided 
by Jonathan is valuable to the Group.

operational and compliance controls, and 
for reviewing the overall effectiveness of 
systems in place), and for the approval of 
any changes to the capital, corporate and/
or management structure of the Group.

Certain matters are specifically reserved 
for the Board including, for example: 
approval of the  annual operating and 
capital expenditure budgets and any 
material changes to them, approval of 
major capital projects and appointments 
to and removals from the Board, following 
recommendations by the Nomination 
Committee. To achieve its objectives, the 
Board may delegate certain of its duties 
and functions to various Board committees 
or sub-committees, the Chief Executive 
Officer and executive management.

The Board has formally defined and 
documented, by way of terms of reference, 
the duties and responsibilities delegated 
to the Board committees and these are 
available on the Group’s website.

Roles and responsibilities
The Board is responsible for leading and 
controlling the Group and has overall 
authority for  the management and conduct 
of the Group’s business and the Group’s 
strategy and development. The Board is also 
responsible for ensuring the maintenance 
of a sound system of internal control and 
risk management (including financial, 

*Following the death of Paul Bradshaw 
in January 2017, Peter Warry, the Senior 
Independent Director, was appointed by the 
Board as Acting Chairman. No interim Senior 
Independent Director has been appointed 
following Peter Warry’s appointment as 
Acting Chairman. The Board considers this to 
be an interim position and following the year-
end, the Board has recruited a new Chairman.

Board and Committee member attendance for the period ended 30 June 2017

Director

Board 
quarterly

Board ad-hoc Audit and Risk Remuneration

Nomination

Investment

Client 
Engagement

Paul Bradshaw*

2 of 2*

3 of 3*

4 of 4*

James Barham

Jack Berry

Angela Crawford-
Ingle

Mike Faulkner

Kevin Hayes

Robin Minter-Kemp

Jonathan Punter

Peter Warry

4 of 4

2 of 4

4 of 4

4 of 4

4 of 4

4 of 4

3 of 4

4 of 4

4 of 6

5 of 6

5 of 6

3 of 6

6 of 6

5 of 6

5 of 6

6 of 6

5 of 5

1 of 1

4 of 4

5 of 5

7 of 7

1 of 1

5 of 5

7 of 7

1 of 1

4 of 4

1 of 1

0 of 1

1 of 1

In circumstances where Board 
members cannot attend 
Board meetings, generally as a 
result of client commitments, 
adequate notice has been given 
and alternative arrangements 
have been made to solicit the 
member’s views and opinions.

Where ad-hoc Board meetings 
have been held for a specific 
purpose to discuss matters at 
short notice, all Board members 
are sent papers and given the 
opportunity to comment by 
telephone or email if they are 
unable to attend at short notice.

*  Paul Bradshaw passed away on 12 January 2017, having attended all meetings prior to this date.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

39    

Performance Evaluation
All Executive Directors have received regular 
feedback regarding their performance. 
At year end a process was undertaken 
to evaluate the Executive Directors 
individually and as a group against their 
individual and collective objectives. 
Details of their individual and collective 
performance are summarised in the 
Remuneration Committee Report.

The performance of the Non-Executive 
Directors during the year ended 30 June 
2017 has been reviewed against external 
benchmarks and in all cases was approved 
as being continuously effective.

*Following the death of Paul Bradshaw, 
the Independent Non-Executive Directors 
excluding Peter Warry, have assessed 
the performance of the Acting Chairman 
during the year ended 30 June 2017 and 
having taken account of the views of the 
Executive Directors his performance is 
deemed to be effective and appropriate.

An internal Board and Committee evaluation 
process was coordinated by the Company 
Secretary during the year ended 30 June 
2017 and sought individual Directors’ 
assessments of the Board’s effectiveness 
including strategy development, the decision 
making process, Board relationships, 
information flows and the operation of the 
Board Committees. The review concluded 
that the overall Board and Committees 
were operating effectively and to a high 
standard of governance. Feedback was also 
given that the appointment of an internal 
candidate to the role of Company Secretary 
has greatly enhanced the effectiveness 
and efficiency of the Board process.

Copies of the Executive Directors’ service 
contracts and letters of appointment of 
the Non-Executive Directors are available 
for inspection at the Company’s registered 
office 11  Strand, London, WC2N 5HR 
during normal business hours (Saturdays, 
Sundays and public  holidays excepted).

Committees
The Board has established Nomination, 
Remuneration, Investment and Audit 
and Risk Committees, with formally 
delegated duties and responsibilities, 
and written terms of reference.

During the year, the Board 
established a Client Engagement 
Committee, with formally delegated 
duties and responsibilities, and 
written terms of reference.

Copies of these terms of reference, along 
with further governance information 
covering conflicts of interest, whistle-
blowing policy, securities dealing code, 
amendment to the Company’s articles 
of association and change of control 
can be found on the Group’s website: 
www.riverandmercantile.com

Views of shareholders
The Board actively solicits the views of 
shareholders through face-to-face meetings 
with major shareholders, investor road 
shows and ad-hoc contact. The views of 
shareholders are reported back to the Board, 
with investor relations forming a standing 
agenda item at Board meetings. Additionally, 
feedback is received via the Group’s brokers.

Relationship Agreement
PSG currently holds 38.1% of the issued 
share capital of the Company. By virtue of 
the size of its shareholding in the Company, 
PSG is a controlling shareholder for the 
purposes of the Listing Rules and was 
required to enter into an agreement with 
the Company to ensure compliance with 
the independence provisions set out in the 
Listing Rules (Relationship Agreement).

The Relationship Agreement regulates 
the ongoing relationship between the 
Company and PSG. Subject to PSG holding in 
aggregate 10% or more of the Group’s issued 
share capital, PSG are able to nominate 
a Non-Executive Director to the Board.

Jonathan Punter is a Director 
of the Company.

The Relationship Agreement enables 
the Company to carry on its business 
independently of PSG and its respective 
Group undertakings and ensure that all 
agreements and transactions between 
the Company on the one hand, and 
PSG and/or any of its respective Group 
undertakings and/or persons acting in 
concert with it or its Group undertakings 
on the other hand, will be at arm’s length 
and on a normal commercial basis.

The Transitional Services Agreement that 
the Company entered into with PSG on 
27 March 2014 terminated on 30 June 2017.

The Company has complied with the 
independence provisions in the Relationship 
Agreement. So far as the Company is aware, 
the independence provisions included in the 
Relationship Agreement have been complied 
with by PSG and its associates; and the 
procurement obligation included in the 
Relationship Agreement has been complied 
with by PSG.

Power of Directors in respect of 
share capital
The Directors may exercise all the powers of 
the Company (including, subject to obtaining 
the required authority from the shareholders 
in general meeting, the power to authorise 
the issue of new shares and the purchase of 
the Company’s shares). Since its shares were 
listed on the London Stock Exchange on 
26 June 2014, the Directors have not 
exercised any of the powers to issue or 
purchase shares in the Company.

Peter Warry
Acting Chairman

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

40    

INVESTMENT 
COMMITTEE

Peter Warry
Chair, Investment Committee

The Group Investment Committee 
has continued to ensure that the 
solutions being implemented by 
the different business areas are 
consistent with clients’ requirement 
and Group-wide investment risks 
are well managed.

The Committee’s role in New Product 
Development also allows it to fully assess 
the investment implications of new products 
and solutions that the business is looking to 
implement. As an investment business, we 
understand how crucial it is to get this step 
right such that solutions make sense from 
both an investment and client perspective.

Through the constant improvements in 
expertise, we have continued to improve 
the Group-wide investment risk analysis. 
This includes assessing both the effect of 
a range of market events on our clients’ 
portfolios alongside a fuller understanding 
of how diversified the business lines 
are to some of these key shocks.

We have continued 
to improve the 
Group-wide 
investment risk 
analysis

There is already a considerable amount of 
detailed analysis conducted across each 
of our business lines consistent with our 
clients’ investment horizons. The Committee 
has therefore commissioned research 
topics on much longer term themes that 
will affect both investment markets and 
the business. I have found the ensuing 
debates to be particularly informative.

Over the next year we will continue to evolve 
the role of the Committee as the business 
landscape changes more quickly than ever 
before. In particular, key developments 
will include the impact of the FCA Asset 
Management Market Study and the 
implementation of MiFID II where we will 
look to demonstrate that our governance 
processes are robust, efficient and add to the 
proper functioning of each business line.

Peter Warry
Chair, Investment Committee

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

CLIENT ENGAGEMENT
COMMITTEE REPORT

41    

The driving concept for the firm 
is to understand our clients’ 
problems and needs and to use 
the broad base of investment skills 
available within the firm to 
provide an appropriate solution.

Angela Crawford-Ingle
Chair, Client Engagement Committee

Consequently, the Client Engagement 
Committee was formed during the year with 
the express remit to provide the scrutiny 
and governance from a client perspective 
and this meet all aspect of the business.

The Committee’s primary aim is to ensure 
the business culture of client-led, outcome-
orientated solutions is upheld across the 
Group. Therefore, the Committee’s 
objectives are to ensure:
 – Client needs have been identified across 

the different client types;

 – Products and services are designed to 

deliver outcomes to meet these needs in 
whole or in part, both at outset and on an 
ongoing basis; and

 – Services are identified as suitable for each 
client’s needs at the point of delivery and 
communicated with clarity in a way that is 
clear, fair and not misleading.

The preliminary meeting focused 
on establishing the basic operating 
principles of the committee and 
supporting matters such as:
 – Client related principles and values across 

the Group;

 – Client confidentiality and controls 

between divisions; and

 – Consideration of the Group’s 2017 client 

satisfaction survey.

Angela Crawford-Ingle
Chair, Client Engagement Committee

To ensure the 
business culture of 
client-led, outcome-
orientated solutions 
is upheld

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

42    

AUDIT AND RISK 
COMMITTEE REPORT

Angela Crawford-Ingle
Chair, Audit and Risk Committee

As mentioned in the Chairman’s report, 
the pace of regulatory change has 
continued to demand focus and vigilance 
from the Committee which, in addition 
to a standing agenda item covering a 
forward-looking assessment of regulatory 
change impacting the Group, has focused 
during the period on the specific impact 
of MiFID II, the Senior Managers’ and 
Certification Regime, the FCA’s Asset 
Management Market Study and the 
remedies proposed in the FCA’s final report.

While certain specific outcomes from the 
FCA’s report and the final requirements 
for Senior Managers are subject to further 
consultations ahead of finalisation, the 
direction of travel is now relatively clear, so 
work on those matters will continue in the 
current period. For MiFID II the timeline 
and final requirements are known and the 
remaining challenge for the calendar year is 
to implement all remaining enhancements to 
policies, procedures, systems and controls. 
Requirements in respect of transaction 
reporting, best execution and research and 
inducements are the MiFID II items which 
have required particular focus; finalising 
requirements in respect of new products and 
services and the interaction with investment 
platforms through which Group products are 
distributed remains to be completed but the 
bulk of the work has already been done in the 
review of those processes during the financial 
year just ended and with the formalisation 
of the new products committee which has 
operated during the year just ended.

Continuing to enhance the risk-based 
compliance oversight for the Group has 
been a keen area of focus and the new team 
is making significant strides to improve 
processes and controls across the Group. 
Particular improvements have been made 
in the quality of management information 
to inform the Committee’s risk-based 
analysis of the Group’s overall compliance.

Conflicts of interest have continued to be a 
key theme for the Committee. The Group 
engaged with the FCA on this topic as part 
of the Asset Management Market Study 
and as there is now a Competition and 
Markets Authority enquiry into investment 
consulting the topic will remain very much 
at the forefront of the regulators’ minds in 
the context of the Group’s business, as it is 
for the Group as a critical consideration as 

part of client engagement. I am delighted 
that the Client Engagement Committee 
is now up and running and will facilitate 
more informed exchanges between 
the business and the Committee on 
client engagement issues generally. The 
Committee oversaw a revision to the Group’s 
policy on conflicts during the period and 
a further revision will be made ahead of 
implementation of MiFID II in January 2018.

Cyber-related risks have been a focus for 
all and are expected to continue to be so 
as part of the business as usual landscape 
going forward. Accordingly the Committee 
has asked the business to review current 
arrangements. Staff training is a core 
component of the Group’s cyber readiness, 
since it is often the case that malware is 
invited in rather than forcing entry. The 
Committee has sponsored an overall 
increase in awareness about cyber-related 
issues generally and cyber and associated 
data protection issues will remain a key 
area of focus for the Committee going 
forward. The advent of the General Data 
Protection Regulation in the Spring of 
2018 will be another area of focus.

As reported a year ago, the Group has 
transitioned its IT infrastructure away 
from PSG to an independent outsourced 
provider. The planned implementation 
and transition went smoothly and the 
service is now operational. The Committee 
continues to monitor this and all significant 
outsourced services to ensure that 
they meet the standards required.

Meeting attendance
The Committee met five times. The 
divisional COOs have continued their regular 
attendance of parts of the meetings to 
answer questions and brief the Committee 
on areas of significance to their divisions, 
which has facilitated the quality of 
understanding and speed of response.

Additionally, the Head of Legal, Compliance 
and Risk has attended all meetings since 
his joining the Group and his input into 
the meetings and his impact in reinforcing 
the Group’s culture has been positive.

Review of effectiveness of risk 
management and internal control
The Committee considered the effectiveness 
of risk management and internal control 
throughout its agenda during the year, which 
included review of key risk indicator reporting 

I am pleased to present the report 
of the Audit and Risk Committee 
and I would like to thank all the 
members of the Board and 
management for their cooperation 
and assistance during the year.

Continuing to 
enhance the risk-
based compliance 
oversight for the 
Group has been a 
keen area of focus

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

43    

from the divisions, a specific review of Finance 
controls and processes, coupled with the 
ongoing work from third party internal audit 
around regulatory compliance and the use of 
Derivatives. The Group also commenced the 
process to gain ISAE 3402 controls certification 
for its Advisory, Fiduciary Management and 
Derivative Solutions divisions.

The main features of the Group’s internal 
control and risk management systems are 
set out in the risk management section on 
page 26.

Financial reporting
As with any year, a key matter for the 
Committee was ensuring that the Group’s 
financial reporting was reliable and appropriate 
and that the UK Code requirements of fairness, 
balance and understandability were met.

In order to achieve this, the Committee 
considered reports from management and 
BDO LLP – the external auditor – relating to 
the annual and interim reports, and trading 
updates. The Committee also considered 
reports on accounting technical matters and 
the financial reporting process, including the 
review and approval of the timetable and 
deliverables for the annual and interim reports.

The reports from BDO LLP included updates 
on audit plans, fees, audit quality, auditor 
independence and any internal control 
matters which required improvement. 
Where such improvements were noted, 
management responses were elicited, 
and delivery of changes monitored.

Significant issues
The Committee has considered a number of 
significant financial issues and judgements 
during the year which impact this annual 
report, including:

Accounting for employee and Director 
share schemes
The Group has a number of share schemes, 
including the EPSP for Directors, and PSP 
and DEP for all staff. The EPSP awards 
a variable number of shares based upon 
achievement of certain TSR objectives 
between 27 June 2014 and 30 June 2018. In 
the prior year, 43% of the awarded shares 
were expected to vest. However as a result 
of changes in the Group’s share price during 
the year, and management’s expectation 
in respect of future periods, the current 
estimate is that 66% of shares will vest. 
This results in an increase in the charge 
to the income statement as a result of 
National Insurance accruals. The Committee 
considered reports from management on 
the accounting treatment and nature of the 
objectives under the plans. It also considered 
reports from management covering the 
Group’s share price performance both 
up to and since the reporting date, as 
well as analyst forecasts and estimates, 
and the level of share trading and the 
make-up of the Group’s share register.

Viability statement
This is the second year of viability statement 
reporting, and the Group has increased 
the level of disclosure in relation to the 
statement in this year’s Annual Report. It 
relies upon an assessment of the Group’s 
ability to continue in operation and 
meet its liabilities as they fall due. This 
assessment is predominantly a financial 
one, with links to the key risks which the 
Group faces. As a result, the Committee 
has played a role in its review and challenge 
– both of the assessment itself and of 
work undertaken as part of the ICAAP 
process which informs the assessment.

Revenue recognition
Incorrect recognition of revenue is a risk 
in any business. The Group’s contracts 
are generally similar to each other in 
nature and do not contain complex terms 
or arrangements which would increase 
the scope for fraud and error. The 
Committee reviews both the accounting 
policies surrounding revenue recognition 
and reports from management on 
the controls and processes in place to 
ensure accurate reporting of revenue.

Impairment of investments and intangibles
The Group has goodwill and intangibles 
on consolidation, and the Company holds 
investments in subsidiaries on a solus basis. 
The Committee reviews periodic reports 
from management as to indications of 
impairment and the results of impairment 
testing, to ensure that management’s 
assertions as to the recoverability of 
carrying values are supportable.

Completeness of cost and contingent 
liabilities and provisions
Cost completeness is a key risk in all 
businesses. The Committee has reviewed 
significant business matters and areas subject 
to estimation during the year, to ensure the 
inclusion of related costs in the correct 
accounting period as well as the need for any 
additional cost recognition or disclosure.

In relation to the disclosure of RAMAM’s 
co-operation with an FCA investigation, the 
Committee oversaw the internal investigation 
carried out by a third party at the request of 
the Group and reviewed correspondence with 
the FCA and the Group’s legal advisers. It also 
considered accounting papers addressing the 
details of the matter and the requirements of 
IAS 37 – Provisions, contingent liabilities and 
contingent assets.

The Committee considers that the Group has 
adopted appropriate accounting policies and 
made appropriate estimates and judgements.

The external audit process
The re-appointment of BDO LLP was 
approved by shareholders at the 2016 AGM, 
with 100% of votes cast being in favour of 
the motion. The Committee has reviewed 
and approved BDO’s engagement letter 
and are satisfied as to the adequacy of the 

scope of the audit. The Committee also 
reviewed and approved BDO’s remuneration 
and their effectiveness, and details of 
the non-audit services they provided.

The non-audit services comprise preparation 
of the Group’s 2016 tax computations. The 
Committee considered this to be in the 
Group’s interest as the BDO tax team have 
significant historic knowledge of the tax 
matters relevant to the Group. The fees 
are de-minimus in value in comparison 
to the audit fee and are undertaken by a 
separate team within BDO who are subject 
to information barriers to safeguard their 
independence. As a result, the Committee 
were satisfied that such non-audit services 
did not compromise BDO’s independence 
as auditors. Details of the fees paid to BDO 
during the year can be found on page 84.

The Committee has considered the 
implementation of European Audit reforms. 
BDO was appointed on IPO in 2014 and 
therefore a re-tender will be carried out 
during the year ended 30 June 2024 at 
the latest. The Committee continues to 
monitor the provision of external audit 
services and will tender for other providers 
earlier than 2024 if appropriate. The 
Committee has considered the FRC’s Ethical 
Standard with regards to the provision of 
non-audit services and has concluded as 
a result, that despite the knowledge and 
safeguards in place, future tax computations 
will be performed by a third party.

Internal audit
The Group does not have a dedicated 
internal audit function, but appointed third 
parties to carry out the checks described 
above under ‘Review of effectiveness of 
risk management and internal control’. The 
Committee continues to consider the issue 
and currently believe that based upon the 
size and complexity of the organisation, 
the appropriate approach is to rely upon 
the work performed by the Group’s Risk 
and Compliance functions, as well as 
engaging third parties to perform specific 
engagements on areas of risk which have 
been identified. During the year, these 
included the continuation of regulatory 
compliance, assessing controls and 
conduct across parts of the organisation.

Annual Report
The Committee has reviewed the content of 
the Annual Report and financial statements 
and advised the Board that, taken as a 
whole, it is fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Company’s 
performance, business model and strategy.

Angela Crawford-Ingle
Chair, Audit and Risk Committee

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

44    

REMUNERATION 
COMMITTEE REPORT

Robin Minter-Kemp
Chair, Remuneration Committee

On behalf of the Remuneration 
Committee (the Committee), 
I am pleased to present the 
Remuneration Committee report 
setting out how the current 
remuneration policy has been 
implemented for the year ended 
30 June 2017.

The details of the proposed new 
Directors’ remuneration policy, 
subject to a binding vote of 
shareholders, is included from 
page 58. If approved this policy 
will be effective from 1 July 2017 
for the next three years.

OVERALL REMUNERATION RATIO

52%

Lowest since IPO

Remuneration  
is a measurable 
outcome for our 
staff and our 
Executive Directors 
and therefore in a 
competitive world 
it is one of the key 
measures for their 
individual success.

Shareholder engagement on the 2016 report
Last year’s Remuneration Committee 
Report received negative feedback from 
IVIS and was graded ‘Red’. The IVIS 
comments have been reviewed by the 
Remuneration Committee, in particular 
their comments regarding improving 
the rationale for determining Executive 
Director discretionary bonuses and the 
re-measurement of performance conditions 
in the grant of Performance Share Plan 
(PSP) awards to two Executive Directors. 
While the report received approval by 85% 
of the shareholder vote the Committee 
has reviewed the matter closely.

During 2017 the Committee has refined 
the Executive Directors’ performance 
objectives and aligned the metrics more 
closely to the key performance indicators 
of the Group. We believe that this more 
directly relates the performance outcomes 
for shareholders with the performance 
objectives and remuneration outcomes 
for the Executive Directors. We have also 
reviewed the non-financial measures and 
more clearly defined the more subjective 
areas in the delivery of the Group’s strategy. 
The annual performance objectives and 
the expected outcomes are described in 
more detail on Page 48. An evaluation 
of each of the Executive Director’s 
performance against these performance 
objectives is contained on page 49.

We have also reviewed the feedback we 
received with regard to the re-measurement 
of the PSP awards which were made to 
Jack Berry and Mike Faulkner last year. 
The performance target was based on 
achieving a TSR hurdle after three years, 
but gave two further years in which to reach 
the Total Shareholder Return (TSR) hurdle 
if not achieved at the first measurement. 
The Committee has reconsidered the 
performance hurdles for these awards and 
has decided to modify the awards to remove 
the additional two year vesting window.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

45    

Implementation of UCITS V deferrals
During the year the Committee 
considered the implementation of UCITS 
V remuneration provisions with regard 
to those Executive Directors involved 
in activities involving UCITS products. 
UCITS V requires that a proportion of 
some Executive Directors’ remuneration 
is deferred into units of UCITS funds and 
subject to a malus adjustment provision. 
The Committee concluded that due to their 
involvement in UCITS products, Kevin Hayes 
and James Barham would be subject to 
UCITS V deferrals. The UCITS V regulatory 
requirements were not envisaged when the 
current Remuneration Policy was approved  
in 2014, which provides only for awards  
under the PSP and does not provide for 
deferrals per se. The new remuneration 
policy allows amounts to be deferred into 
units of UCITS funds and applies to this year 
on a backward-looking basis. If the policy is 
not approved, these awards will be paid in the 
form of PSPs in line with the current policy.

Our remuneration philosophy
Our business strategy is based on 
consistently achieving our client’s 
expected outcomes. We believe that this 
philosophy drives long-term value for 
our clients, our business and ultimately 
our shareholder owners. Our business 
is by its nature a people business which 
involves the professional interaction 
between our people and our clients.

The daily intellectual engagement we 
present to our employees continues to be 
the strongest motivator for our people. 
This is supported through training, 
advancement and remuneration. While 
the focus of this report is on remuneration 
we consider this as only one part of the 
way in which we motivate and reward our 
staff, including our Executive Directors.

Remuneration is a measurable outcome for 
our staff and our Executive Directors and 
therefore in a competitive world it is one of 
the key measures for their individual success.

The chart below illustrates how the 
Group’s adjusted revenue and expenses 
are distributed to stakeholders, including 
staff and Executive Directors.

Remuneration is our most significant 
expense and the variable components of 
remuneration – being discretionary – give 
rise to the need to have a clear governance 
process in order to set the expectations 
for both our staff and our shareholders. 
This governance process operates through 
giving our staff and Executive Directors 
clear expectations regarding their 
performance and the metrics for success.

We have likewise given clear guidance 
to our shareholders regarding the 
remuneration ratio of the Group. Through 
this metric, together with the Board’s 
clear statements regarding the Group’s 
distribution policy, we ensure that returns 
to shareholders remain unchanged.

The Group has historically given guidance to 
shareholders as to the ratio of remuneration 
to revenue. We feel that this has proven 
a strong governance control to deliver 
appropriate levels of remuneration.

Last year, we indicated that based upon the 
growth of the business and opportunities to 
invest, the remuneration ratio would be held 
at 54% of net management and advisory 
fees and 50% of net performance fees, but 
with the aim that remuneration ratio would 
decrease in the medium term. This year the 
ratio of remuneration to revenue overall is 
52% which is the lowest ratio since the IPO.

The reduction in the ratio reflects the fact 
that in 2017 we had significant revenue 
growth, including the highest ever 
performance fees. We believe that this ratio 
is appropriate for this year and therefore 
additional returns in the form of dividends 
will accrue to shareholders. It may be the 
case that in future periods this ratio will be 
at the high end of the guided range in order 
to allow us to invest in additional personnel 
or investment teams to grow the business.

2017

17%

23%

5%

4%

5%

4%

42%

■ Employee remuneration (excl. tax) 
■ Dividends 
■ Operating expenses incl. depreciation 
■ Executive Director remuneration 
■ Retained and other 
■ Taxes
  ■ Corporation tax 
  ■ Payroll tax 

42%

23%

17%

5%

4%

4%

5%

2016

21%

16%

5%

5%

3%
4%

46%

■ Employee remuneration (excl. tax) 
■ Dividends 
■ Operating expenses incl. depreciation 
■ Executive Director remuneration 
■ Retained and other 
■ Taxes
  ■ Corporation tax 
  ■ Payroll tax 

46%

16%

21%

3%

4%

5%

5%

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

46    

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT

Continued

Summary of remuneration and shareholder distributions

£m

Total remuneration (including EPSP costs)
Adjusted profit before tax
Distributions to shareholders in respect of the year (pence per share)

Year ended
30 June
2017

Year ended
30 June
2016

36.9
23.4
19.7

25.8
11.8
9.5

Change

43%
98%
107%

Review of the current year financial and 
non-financial performance
The Committee has reviewed the Group’s 
key performance indicators and other 
metrics in assessing the performance of the 
Executive Directors against their specific 
performance objectives for 2017.

Business outcomes 2017
Client outcomes as measured by net 
flows and investment performance:
 – Fee earning AUM/NUM increased by 22% 

to £31bn

 – Net inflows were £3.8bn in the year, with 

net sales of £2.2bn and positive 
rebalancing flows in Derivative Solutions 
of £1.6bn

 – Australian business AUM grew to £121m
 – Positive investment performance in all 

divisions added £1.7bn

 – Significantly above benchmark 

performance across all strategies 
demonstrating consistent active 
investment management

 – The Group has continued to deliver 

positive net flows in each of the quarters 
in 2017 resulting in 13 quarters of net 
positive flows since IPO

 – Regretted Institutional Attrition rate 

of 3%

 – Addition of the Credit Suisse ILC team to 

increase the breadth of investment 
capacity to emerging markets

 – Growth in Equity Solutions Global High 
Alpha strategies to create additional 
capacity for the PVT team

 – Growth in the Dynamic Asset Allocation 

Fund to above £140m

Client engagement outcomes as measured 
by external parties:
 – RAMAM awarded the FundCalibre Fund 

Shareholder outcomes as measured by 
the market
 – Improved analyst research coverage and 

Management Equity Index 2017
 – Derivatives Solutions awarded LDI 

Manager of the Year 2017

shareholder engagement

 – Dividends declared and proposed of 

19.7 pence per share

 – Solutions’ client satisfaction score of 8.3 

 – Total shareholder return for the year 

out of 10

ended 30 June 2017 of 26%

The Committee’s considered view is 
that the business has significantly 
outperformed against the targets set 
by the Board in the 2017 budget and 
strategic plan and has created more scale 
to support future growth in the business.

Shareholder outcomes as measured by our 
financial performance
 – Net management and advisory fees 

increased by 22%

 – Management fee margins maintained 

within target ranges

 – Advisory fees growth of 18%
 – Performance fees for the 12 months 
ended 30 June 2017 were £12.5m

 – Underlying remuneration ratio decreased 

to 52%

 – Administrative expenses 21% of 

management and advisory revenues

 – IT infrastructure migration and 

improvements completed on budget and 
will facilitate scalability and growth

 – Head count increases to support 

continued growth in consultancy and 
investment research

 – Adjusted underlying pre-tax margin 

increased to 29%

 – Statutory earnings per share increased to 

16.45 pence

 – Adjusted earnings per share increased to 

22.9 pence

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

47    

Summary of current remuneration policy
Executive Directors’ remuneration is determined in accordance with the remuneration policy adopted at the Group’s AGM held on 
23 October 2014. The full Remuneration Policy can be found on the Group’s website www.riverandmercantile.com

Executive Director remuneration comprises base salary, pension and other benefits, cash and performance share plan variable remuneration.

The chart below shows the maximum and relative split of fixed elements of remuneration, annual cash bonus award and PSP under the 
current policy. The chart was calculated based upon the contractual agreements with the Executive Directors and excludes grants made at 
the IPO under the EPSP.

Mike 
Faulkner

Jack
Berry

James
Barham

Kevin
Hayes

£306,800

£306,800

£306,800

£1,227,200

£280,800

£280,800

£280,800

£1,123,200

£250,000

£250,000

£250,000

£1,000,000

£250,000

£250,000

£250,000

£1,000,000

£0

£500,000

£1,000,000

£1,500,000

£2,000,000

■ Base salary (excluding pension and taxable benefits) 
■ Discretionary cash bonus ( <1yr) Desired performance 
■ Discretionary cash bonus ( <1yr) Above expectation 
■ PSP ( >1yr) Defined performance criteria 

14.3%
14.3%
14.3%
57.1%

£

Mike Faulkner 
Jack Berry 
James Barham 
Kevin Hayes 

Base  
salary

306,800
280,800
250,000
250,000

Taxable 
benefits

2,821 
2,821 
3,961
2,821 

Pension

Minimum

Maximum

–
28,080
7,500
25,000

309,621  2,150,421
311,701 1,996,501
261,461 1,761,461
277,821 1,777,821

Executive Director pay decisions for 2017
Considering the Committee’s assessment of the overall performance achieved in 2017 and improvements in the business we are mindful of 
the weighted financial factors that made up the Executive Directors performance objectives. These objectives are individually described with 
outcomes including the rationale for the respective awards.

The overall 2017 remuneration outcomes for each Executive Director are summarised below together with comparable figures for 2016.

£

Mike Faulkner
Jack Berry
James Barham
Kevin Hayes

£

Mike Faulkner
Jack Berry
James Barham
Kevin Hayes

Base salary

306,800
280,800
250,000
250,000

Base salary

306,800
280,800
250,000
250,000

Taxable
benefits1

2,821
2,821
3,961
2,821

Taxable
benefits1

2,676
2,676
8,929
8,926

1  Taxable benefits consist of life assurance, critical illness cover and private medical insurance.
2  Annual bonus is gross cash paid or payable in respect of the financial year.
3  Bonus includes deferred cash awards pursuant to UCITS V, subject to shareholder approval at the Group’s 2017 AGM.
4  Performance shares award is the face value of awards granted.
5  Pension contribution includes cash allowances and contributions made to self-invested personal pensions.

Year-ended 30 June 2017

Annual
bonus2

Performance
shares award4

613,600
504,000
500,0003
500,0003

584,000
–
251,0003
245,0003

Pension
contribution5

Total
– 1,507,221
815,701
7,500 1,012,461
25,000 1,022,821

28,080

Year–ended 30 June 2016

Annual 
bonus2

Performance
shares award4

Pension
contribution5

–
–
300,000
310,000

385,000
200,000
–
–

–
28,080
7,500
25,000

Total

694,476
511,556
566,429
593,926

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

48    

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT

Continued

Single figure remuneration
The following table gives the single figure remuneration of Executive Directors for 2017 and 2016 which includes the current year cash bonus 
and any previously granted deferred awards which vested in the respective year:

£

Mike Faulkner
Jack Berry
James Barham
Kevin Hayes

£

Mike Faulkner
Jack Berry
James Barham
Kevin Hayes

Base salary

306,800
280,800
250,000
250,000

Base salary

306,800
280,800
250,000
250,000

Taxable
benefits1

2,821
2,821
3,961
2,821

Taxable
benefits1

2,676
2,676
8,929
8,926

Year-ended 30 June 2017

Annual
bonus2

613,600
504,000
500,0003
500,0003

Performance
shares award4
–
–
–
–

Pension
contribution5
–
28,080
7,500
25,000

Total

923,221
815,701
761,461
777,821

Year–ended 30 June 2016

Annual 
bonus2

Performance
shares award4

Pension
contribution5

–
–
300,000
310,000

–
–
–
–

–
28,080
7,500
25,000

Total

309,476
311,556
566,429
593,926

1  Taxable benefits consist of life assurance, critical illness cover and private medical insurance.
2  Annual bonus is gross cash paid or payable in respect of the financial year.
3  Annual bonus includes deferred cash awards pursuant to UCITS V, subject to shareholder approval at the Group’s 2017 AGM.
4  Performance shares award is the value of awards vesting during the year, including any dividends earned.
5  Pension contribution includes cash allowances and contributions made to self-invested personal pensions.

Annual cash bonus
Each Executive Director was assessed against a number of financial and non-financial metrics on a consistent basis in order to determine their 
performance against the targets in the current policy and their resulting remuneration outcomes:

 – ‘Desired performance’: would produce a variable remuneration outcome of 100% of base salary
 – ‘Above expectation’: would produce a variable remuneration outcome of 200% of base salary

The metrics used to evaluate the Executive Director performance were grouped into four areas:

Group-wide objectives
Financial growth metrics
AUM/NUM growth
Net management and advisory fee growth
Investment performance and performance fees
Net flows
Underlying profit margin
Earnings per share
Other metrics
Talent development
Client engagement
Governance

Sales production
Budgeted sales flows
In-force revenue growth
Regretted Institutional Attrition rate
Mandate pipeline

Investment Performance
Delivery of above benchmark performance
Aggregate investment performance
Performance fees

Individual objectives
Expansion of geographic presence
Delivery of strategic projects including investment capacity 
generation
Delivery of a scalable infrastructure
Improved shareholder engagement

 Audited

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

49    

Group-wide objectives
This category included financial metrics measuring revenue growth, net AUM/NUM flows, underlying profit margin, earnings per share, and 
investment performance. This category also included non-financial measures including staff retention and development, client satisfaction and 
governance metrics. The Group objectives were measured for the Group overall and the Executive Directors are accountable and evaluated as a 
team with regard to meeting these objectives. Given the spread of responsibilities amongst the Executive Directors each has a direct influence 
over these Group outcomes.

Sales production
This area measured the specific sales performance of the relevant Executive Director within their business area. It captured both the aggregate 
sales and redemptions in absolute terms and also the regretted institutional attrition. Management fee revenue growth is measured both in 
terms of the absolute revenue earned in the year as well as on an in-force basis in order to reflect the differing product margins within the Group.

Investment performance
This measured the specific contribution of the CEO to the investment process, as reflected in AUM/NUM growth through performance, and the 
level of performance fees. Across the Group’s range of strategies the delivery of investment outperformance against the stated benchmark is 
evaluated, together with the growth and management of the available investment management capacity.

Individual performance against objectives
This measured the success of the individual in achieving their personal objectives set at the start of the year as measured by the Committee.

Whilst not all individuals were measured against all three headings, all were measured consistently against the Group category, which included 
components of sales and investment performance for the business overall.

The allocation and weighting of criteria between individual Executive Directors depended on the nature of their specific role and their ability to 
influence the outcomes and is weighed according to the following table.

Mike Faulkner
Jack Berry
James Barham
Kevin Hayes

Group

70%
50%
50%
80%

Sales

–
35%
35%
–

Investment 
performance

Personal 
objectives

20%
–
–
–

10%
15%
15%
20%

Total

100%
100%
100%
100%

Evaluation of Executive Director performance
The Committee has evaluated the Group performance in terms of the 2017 budget and strategic plan and concluded that on balance the 2017 
performance resulted in an evaluation of above expectation.

Group metrics score

Above 
expectation

22%

22%

7%

4%

3%

29%

16.5p

Expected 
performance

AUM 
growth

Net 
management
and advisory
fee growth

Investment
performance

Net flows

Regretted 
institutional
attrition rate

Underlying
profit 
margin

EPS

Other

‘Other’ includes metrics for staff retention and development, client satisfaction and governance metrics.

Individual performance
Mike Faulkner, CEO
Mike Faulkner’s role as CEO of the Group means that he is directly responsible to the Board for the execution of the budget and strategy of the 
Group. In addition Mike has a significant involvement in the investment management processes, including thought leadership with regard to 
asset allocation and the development of new investment philosophies and processes. The Group results for 2017 have been exceptional. In 
addition Mike has personally excelled against his individual and collective objectives. These include areas such as client engagement, investment 
performance, distribution expansion and product development.
 – Investment Performance was positive across all divisions and added £1.7bn to AUM
 – Effective client engagement leading to significant mandate wins in structured equity
 – Significant progress made on the investment philosophy and process underlying the launch of a new global macro strategy

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

50    

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT

Continued

Jack Berry, Head of Solutions
Jack Berry has made strong progress in the Solutions division during 2017:
 – Significant growth in advisory fees during the year
 – Delivery on high client satisfaction levels across the entire Solutions division
 – Strong performance and execution
 – Effective management of profit margin targets
 – Delivering on targets regarding regretted intuitional attrition in fiduciary management

The business suffered to an extent during the year due to sales being lower than expected as a result of lumpiness in mandate wins which is a 
factor in the fiduciary management business. This was partly offset through strong sales in implemented derivative solutions, albeit at a lower 
margin. As a result, Jack Berry’s remuneration reflects this outcome.

James Barham, Global Head of Distribution and Head of Asset Management
James has delivered substantial added value for the business during 2017, in a wide range of areas:
 – Exceeding sales targets within the asset management business
 – Delivering on targets regarding regretted intuitional attrition
 – Continued development of our client base within Australasia, supporting our stated aim of diversifying the business
 – Continued development of our UK institutional derivatives and equities businesses, which has included the opening of new markets
 – The emergence of institutional business from the US market

He has also succeeded in creating significantly greater depth in our distribution team, with additional resource being added in both institutional 
and wholesale teams.

Kevin Hayes, CFO
Kevin Hayes has also achieved significant progress in the business this year, including:
 – Effective management of cost base and profit margin during the year
 – Delivery of strengthened corporate processes across the business for the management of risk
 – Strengthened the alignment and talent in the Corporate functions to deliver the Group’s strategic plan
 – Agreement of the transition of the Emerging Market ILC team from Credit Suisse to the business, adding additional asset management 

capability

 – Significant improvements in corporate communication, analyst coverage and investor relations to support shareholder interaction

Overall Executive Director performance evaluation
The outcome of the assessment of each individual was:

Mike Faulkner
Jack Berry
James Barham
Kevin Hayes

1 = Weak, 2 = Slightly below, 3 = Desired performance, 4 = Above expectation

Group

4
4
4
4

Sales

N/A
3
4
N/A

Investment 
performance

Personal 
objectives

4
N/A
N/A
N/A

4
4
4
4

Overall

4
3-4
4
4

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

51    

Based upon the Group’s Executive Directors’ remuneration policy, this gives the following cash bonus outcomes (subject to UCITS V deferrals):

Executive performance assessment result

100% base bonus

200% base bonus

2017 cash bonus £

Mike 
Faulkner

Jack 
Berry

James 
Barham

Kevin 
Hayes

■ Desired performance
■ Above expectation

       613,600

504,000

500,000

500,000

Performance share awards
Under the terms of the remuneration policy, Executive Directors are eligible for PSP awards of up to 400% of base salary each year, subject to 
performance criteria.

Given the very strong performance of the Group in the year, as noted in the highlights above, the Committee has chosen to make PSP awards 
to the Executive Directors in order to produce an overall remuneration package which the Committee believes reflects a fair reward for their 
overall performance in the year:

£

Mike Faulkner
James Barham
Kevin Hayes

1  Base salary, plus cash bonus.
2  Subject to UCITS deferral rules below.

Desired total 
reward

Current 
reward1

PSP award

1,504,000
1,001,000
995,000

920,400
584,000
750,000   251,0002
750,000   245,0002

Jack Berry has not been granted a PSP award, as the Committee believe that his overall reward is already at an appropriate level.

The Committee has determined that, to align with the Group’s shareholder outcomes, the Executive Directors PSP awards will only vest in 
full if the Group’s shares deliver a compound annual TSR of at least 12% per annum between 1 July 2017 and 30 June 2020. No PSP will vest 
if the TSR for that period is less than 8%, and the PSP will vest pro-rata if the TSR is between 8-12%.

UCITS V deferrals
As noted above, the current Executive Director remuneration policy did not envisage the implementation of deferrals under UCITS V. Based 
upon an assessment of the time spent by Kevin Hayes and James Barham, who have a role relating to UCITS V, plus an analysis to assess the split 
of remuneration between UCITS and non-UCITS business, the UCITS V regulation requires a proportion of the cash and awards detailed above 
to be in the form of a holding in the UCITS funds. Vesting of the UCITS V deferral will not be subject to a TSR target but will be subject to a malus 
adjustment provision. The table below reflects the proposed UCITS V deferrals which, in line with the new policy will be subject to a binding vote 
of shareholders at the AGM. In the event that the new policy is not approved by shareholders, the amounts will be paid in cash and PSP shares in 
accordance with the current remuneration policy.

£

Mike Faulkner
Jack Berry
James Barham
Kevin Hayes

 Audited

Annual bonus 

PSP awards 

Annual cash 
bonus

UCITS up-
front cash

Six months 
instruments

PSP

3 years 
deferred cash

3 years and 
six months 
deferred 
instruments

Total variable 
remuneration

613,600
504,000
452,000
462,000

–
–
24,000
19,000

–
–
24,000
19,000

584,000
–
179,000
187,000

–
–
36,000
29,000

– 1,197,600
504,000
–
751,000
36,000
745,000
29,000

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

52    

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT

Continued

Review of the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation
The CEO’s cash bonus has increased from £Nil in the prior year, to £613,600 in the current year. The total variable compensation of the Group 
has increased by 114% from £7.1m to £15.2m in the same period.

Year

2014 (six months)
2015
2016
2017

Chief 
Executive 
Officer’s 
single figure 
remuneration 
£

7,801,2603
309,079
309,476
923,221

Annual 
bonus payout 
against 
maximum  
%

100%
0%
21%2
83%2

Long-term 
incentive 
vesting rate 
against 
maximum 
opportunity  
%

100%
N/A1
N/A1
N/A1

1  No shares vested during 2015, 2016 or 2017.
2 
3 

Includes share awards, not included in single figure remuneration as unvested at year-end.
2014 remuneration includes £7.5m of previously issued shares in the pre IPO Group which converted into shares at the IPO.

Fixed base remuneration and benefits
The direction of travel within the financial services industry continues to influence remuneration approaches towards increasing base pay at the 
expense of variable compensation, as companies look to achieve similar total compensation using lower salary multiples. We believe this 
increasingly common practice of increasing fixed costs is to the detriment of achieving the mutual goals of our shareholders and staff. We 
remain committed to being able to pay upper quartile rewards (compared to our relevant industry peers) should we continue to achieve upper 
quartile performance as a business while maintaining flexibility of cost base. Therefore, whilst we have proposed the first increases in base 
salaries for Executive Directors in three years, these are in line with the levels received by all staff over the last three years and reflect the growth 
in the business and the scope of Executive Directors’ roles during that period. The Committee has benchmarked comparable roles and fixed 
remuneration levels for the Executive Directors.

As a result, the Committee has granted increases of 10% to Mike Faulkner, James Barham and Kevin Hayes, effective 1 July 2017. This increase 
reflects the growth of the Group and increase in scope of their respective roles during the three year period, and is consistent with the weighted 
average increase in other employee salaries of 13% during the same period.

Chief Executive Officer
The Group’s CEO, Mike Faulkner is heavily involved in setting the investment direction of the firm. He is a member of the Investment Committee 
and generates investment ideas which can produce a significant component of the Fiduciary Management division’s performance AUM growth 
and ultimately Group performance fees. He is actively involved in the development of new product lines for the Group which drive growth in 
returns to shareholders, such as the global macro hedge fund.

Chief Financial Officer
The Group’s CFO, Kevin Hayes has responsibility for a broad part of the business, encompassing many of the areas which would often fall under 
a COO, such as IT, legal, risk and compliance.

Head of Solutions
The Group’s Head of Solutions, Jack Berry has responsibility for the largest part of the Group’s business in headcount terms, encompassing the 
Fiduciary and Advisory divisions, in the UK and US. The Committee determined that Jack Berry’s salary was at an appropriate level and so no 
increase has been made.

Global Head of Distribution and Head of Asset Management
The Group’s Global Head of Distribution, James Barham is also the Head of the Asset Management business, encompassing Equity Solutions 
and Derivative Solutions. James has been personally responsible for some of the Group’s largest mandates and directly responsible for the 
growth of the business in the UK, US and Australasia.

Executive Director

Mike Faulkner
Jack Berry
James Barham
Kevin Hayes

Current salary  
£

New salary  
£

Increase  
%

306,800
280,800
250,000
250,000

337,480
280,800
275,000
275,000

10
–
10
10

The proposed new salaries will be implemented effective 1 July 2017.

Benefits provided to Directors are comparable to benefits provided to other employees of the Group.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

53    

Pension contributions
Jack Berry and Kevin Hayes receive a cash allowance equivalent to 10% of base salary per annum.

James Barham participates in the River and Mercantile Group pension scheme. James makes a contribution of 3% of base salary, which the 
Group matches.

Mike Faulkner does not receive either a cash allowance or pension contribution.

Implementation: Outlook for 2017/18
In line with the new proposed remuneration policy, the Committee will be evaluating Executive Directors on a combination of individual and 
Group-wide performance objectives, with financial performance measures the key factors. These will include Group KPIs, specific divisional 
performance and EPS growth. Consideration of culture and conduct will be included to reward high quality conduct which is consistent with 
the Group’s culture.

Under the proposed new policy, The Committee will assess each individual Executive Director’s contribution to the Group’s performance fees 
and will be reporting how that was measured and judged in arriving at the proposed remuneration levels.

Consistent with the strategy articulated in the CEO Report the Remuneration Committee will evaluate the Executive Directors against the 
performance objectives, including the following:

Financial Metrics:
 – Growth in net management and advisory revenue, organically, at a minimum of 12% per annum
 – Growth in underlying pre-tax margins towards 30-35% over the medium term, by growing remuneration and admin expenses at a lower 

rate than net management and advisory fees

 – Growth in earnings per share
 – Explore acquisition opportunities to increase investment capacity and geographic reach consistent with the Group’s investment 

solutions strategy

Distribution Objectives:
 – Sales growth
 – In-force revenue growth and mandate pipeline
 – Regretted Institutional Attrition rate
 – Diversification of distribution channels
 – Increased penetration of existing distribution channels, including Australia and US

Investment Performance Objectives:
 – New product launches to broaden investment solutions and increase investment capacity:

 – Global Macro
 – International (ex US) equity
 – International (ex US) smaller companies products

 – Above benchmark investment performance
 – Aggregate performance fees to increase shareholder returns

Individual Objectives:

 – Talent development
 – Client engagement
 – Governance, culture and conduct

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

54    

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT

Continued

Individual performance against objectives
The Committee will measure the success of the individual in achieving their personal objectives set at the start of the year.

Whilst not all individuals will be measured against all three headings, all will be measured against the Group category, which includes 
components of sales and investment performance for the business overall.

The allocation and weighting of criteria between individual Executive Directors depends on the nature of their specific role and their ability to 
influence the outcomes and will be weighed according to the following table:

Mike Faulkner
Jack Berry
James Barham
Kevin Hayes

Group

Distribution

Individual  
objectives

70%
50%
50%
80%

–
35%
35%
–

30%
15%
15%
20%

Total

100%
100%
100%
100%

Executive Performance Share Plan (EPSP)
The Group adopted the Executive Performance Share Plan on 2 June 2014. The EPSP has been approved by the Remuneration Committee and 
was unanimously approved by all the Directors of the Board.

The Directors consider that the performance conditions represent a significant challenge for executive and senior management to attain, and 
that these conditions can only be achieved through the successful, long-term execution of the growth strategy of the Group. The successful 
implementation of this growth strategy is measured on an absolute basis by the returns experienced by shareholders measured by both the 
increase in the value of their shareholdings in the Company and the cash returned to them in the form of dividends and other distributions, 
including share buybacks.

Vesting begins at a compound annual TSR hurdle of 12%, up to 30%. Below this hurdle, no performance shares vest. Above this hurdle, the 
Executives start to share, with the shareholders, in the excess returns generated. Above the higher hurdle the excess returns go to the 
shareholders (including the Executive Directors as shareholders in the vested Performance shares).

The Board considers that the performance criteria therefore directly align the reward for performance of the Executives with the investment 
performance directly experienced by shareholders. A total of 903,048 Performance A shares were not allocated. The Directors do not intend any 
additional grants to be awarded under the EPSP. During the year ended 30 June 2017 there have been no changes in the Executive Performance 
Share Plan. The tables below shows the EPSP awards granted and their valuation:

Years ended 30 June 2017 
and 30 June 2016

Opening 
shares

Closing 
 shares

 820,954 
 820,954 
 1,395,621 
 1,395,621 
 1,231,430   1,231,430 
 1,395,621 
 1,395,621 

 4,843,626 

 4,843,626

Opening 
shares

Closing  
shares 

 1,231,430   1,231,430 
 1,231,430   1,231,430 

 2,462,860   2,462,860 

 7,306,486 

 7,306,486 

No. Performance A shares

Mike Faulkner
Jack Berry
James Barham
Kevin Hayes

No. Performance B shares

Mike Faulkner
James Barham

Total EPSP Shares

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

Executive Performance Share Plan

Performance A shares 
Fair value/Grant date share price
Mike Faulkner
Jack Berry
James Barham
Kevin Hayes

Performance B shares 
Fair value/Grant date share price
Mike Faulkner
James Barham

55    

Value at grant 
date fair 
value

Value at grant 
date share 
price

 £ 0.38

£1.83
£311,962 £1,502,345 
£530,335 £2,553,986 
£467,943 £2,253,516 
£530,335 £2,553,986 

£1,840,575 £8,863,833 

 £0.17 

£1.83 
 £209,343  £2,253,516 
 £209,343  £2,253,516

 £418,686 £4,507,032

The fair values of the performance shares at grant date were calculated by Ernst & Young LLP.

The EPSP plan is structured to align vesting to the total shareholder return (TSR) received by shareholders during the vesting period. The table 
below illustrates several TSR scenarios, how the vesting value attributable to Executive Directors compares to shareholder return (share price 
appreciation from IPO price plus distributions). It assumes a dividend yield of 5% and is for illustrative purposes only.

TSR

12%
24%1
30%2

1 
2 

24% TSR leads to vesting of all A awards
30% TSR leads to vesting of all A and B awards

Shareholder 
value creation  
£m

EPSP value at vest 
£m

% of shareholder value creation

A shares

B shares

Total

A shares

B shares

211
286
330

–
18
22

–
–
11

–
18
33

0%
6%
7%

0%
0%
3%

Total

0%
6%
10%

Share performance
The graph below shows the performance of the Company’s shares since IPO, compared to the UK financial sector as measured by the MSCI UK 
financials index. In the year under review, the shares delivered a TSR of 85%, significantly outperforming the sector average of 42%.

Group share price and TSR performance

%
250

200

150

100

50

Jun 14

Jun 15

Jun 16

Jun 17

R&M Share price
R&M Total shareholder return
MSCI UK Financials share price
MSCI UK Financials total shareholder return

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT

Continued

56    

Summary of remuneration and distributions

£m

Total remuneration
EPSP expense
Distributions to shareholders in respect of period
Distributions to shareholders recorded in period

Year ended 
30 June 
2017

Year ended 
30 June 
2016

35.3
1.6
15.9
9.3

25.5
0.3
7.8
9.9

Movement

38%
433%
104%
-6%

Non-Executive Director remuneration
The table below shows the total remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors paid during the years ended 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2016. 
Jonathan Punter’s fees were paid directly to PSG.

Chairman and Non-Executive Directors

£

Paul Bradshaw (passed away 12 January 2017)
Angela Crawford-Ingle
Robin Minter-Kemp
Jonathan Punter
Peter Warry

£

Paul Bradshaw
Angela Crawford-Ingle
Mark Johnson (resigned 11 December 2015)3
Robin Minter-Kemp 
Jonathan Punter
Angus Samuels (resigned 11 December 2015)3 
Peter Warry

1  Non-executive additional fees include fees for Board Committee positions.
2  Additional base fees for acting Chairman from 13 January 2017.
3  Remuneration to the date of resignation.

Year-ended 30 June 2017

Base fees

64,167
42,500
42,500
42,500
73,9492

Additional 
fees1
–
8,000
8,000
–
9,614

Year-ended 30 June 2016

Base fees

70,000
32,500
15,587
32,500
32,500
16,250
32,500

Additional 
fees1

–
7,500
–
7,500
–
–
27,500

Non-Executive Director fee review
The Non-Executive Directors’ fees were reviewed in 2016, and were increased based upon fees for comparable listed companies and following 
consultation with major shareholders. No fee review has been conducted in the current year.

 Audited

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

57    

Personal shareholding policy
The Company does not have a specific current policy with regards to minimum share holdings by Executive or Non-Executive Directors.

The table below shows the shareholding of the Executive and Non-Executive Directors as 7 September 2017, 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2016:

Shareholding

Mike Faulkner
Jack Berry
James Barham
Kevin Hayes
Angela Crawford-Ingle
Robin Minter-Kemp
Jonathan Punter1
Peter Warry

7 September and 30 June 2017

30 June 2016

Number of 
ordinary 
shares

Percentage of 
issued share 
capital

Number of 
ordinary 
shares

Percentage of 
issued share 
capital

3,706,823
2,210,619
1,095,843
252,865
13,661
25,269
–
13,661

4.52% 3,706,823
2.69% 2,210,619
1.33% 1,095,843
0.31% 252,865
13,661
0.02%
25,269
0.03%
–
0.00%
13,661
0.02%

4.52%
2.69%
1.33%
0.31%
0.02%
0.03%
0.00%
0.02%

1 

Jonathan Punter holds a 7.4% interest in PSG. PSG has a 38% interest in the Company.

External advisers
The Committee received advice from McLagan International Inc. on market conditions and competitive rates of pay. The cost of this advice was 
£6,250.

Statement of voting at 2016 general meeting

Resolution

To approve the Directors’ report on remuneration for the year ended 
30 June 2016 as set out in the Annual Report and Accounts 2016.

Compliance and risk management in remuneration
The Chairman of the Committee also serves on the Audit and Risk Committee.

Votes cast

Votes for

Votes against

Votes 
withheld

71,538,913

85.24%

14.76%

0%

The Group’s remuneration policies and practices take account of applicable law and regulations, corporate governance standards, best practice 
and guidance issued by regulators and by representative shareholder bodies.

Accordingly, the Group’s Deferred Equity Plan provides that, at the discretion of the Committee, deferred awards may be reduced or lapsed in 
the event of a material misstatement of the Group’s financial results or misconduct by an individual.

Approved and signed on behalf of the Board.

Robin Minter-Kemp
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

 Audited

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

58    

2018-2020 DIRECTORS’  
REMUNERATION POLICY PROPOSAL

Executive summary
The Remuneration Committee (the ‘Committee’) of the Board is pleased to propose to shareholders the Directors’ remuneration policy effective 
for the next three years starting from the year ended 30 June 2018. The proposed policy is subject to a binding vote by shareholders at the 
forthcoming Annual General Meeting of the Group on 8 December 2018.

The Committee developed the proposed policy, seeking independent advice during the process from Willis Towers Watson. The Committee has 
also engaged with our significant shareholders during the design phase of the policy and their feedback has been incorporated into the proposed 
policy. We have also engaged with the independent governance organisations who will publish their reports to the market in due course.

The proposed remuneration policy for executive directors has four elements as follows: Base salary and benefits; Annual cash bonus; Long Term 
Incentive Award; and Performance Fee Bonus.

The Group provides a broader range of services than a conventional fund manager, and due to this significant difference the peer company 
comparison than might apply is of limited use. In setting the policy the Committee has therefore considered the needs of the business and the 
objectives of customers and shareholders from first principles. The policy therefore also reflects the complexity of the business including the 
wide range of activities undertaken as well as the role of individual directors in delivering shareholder value and customer outcomes.

In some aspects the policy is intentionally bespoke, for example the LTIP design includes a pre-grant performance consideration and the actual 
vesting conditions that are intended to apply will be set only as and when the needs of the business are clear at around the time of grant in order 
to reflect the fast expanding and changing profile of the Group’s activities, in addition an EPS growth condition will also apply.

Regarding the Performance Fee Bonus, this applies only when outperformance has triggered the payment of a fee to the Group and this is an 
important indicator of meeting customer needs and delivery of shareholder value. The committee believes that there should be a strong 
alignment of interest between Executive Directors that contribute directly to the delivery of performance that earns performance fees for the 
Group and the net performance fees available to shareholders through the Group’s dividend policy.

We believe that the new policy represents the appropriate remuneration regime for both the Group and the Executive Directors, recognising the 
culture of the business, the current position of the Group and its strategic directions. The remuneration outcomes proposed represent a fair 
balance between the interests of shareholders, clients, Executive Directors and employees. 

The proposed policy has the full support of the Independent Directors, who have indicated that they will vote in favour of the new policy, and we 
encourage our shareholders to likewise vote to approve the new policy.

Remuneration objectives
The first objective of the Committee in establishing the new remuneration policy is to ensure the alignment of the interests of the Executive 
Directors with the outcomes expected by our clients. As a client outcome led business, and consistent with the expectations of our regulators, 
this alignment of outcomes is critical. We consider that if clients are well served, the expected outcomes for shareholders are likewise well 
served. 

The second objective is to ensure that the remuneration outcomes are aligned to the interests of shareholders in the annual implementation of 
the policy. 

In implementing the current policy, in cases where the actions of the Executive Directors have demonstrated a clear alignment with the best 
interests of clients but have nevertheless resulted in a negative outcome for shareholders, the impact on shareholders has been reflected in 
Executive Directors’ remuneration. The clearest demonstration of this was in 2015 where, in the interests of clients, the Group returned to 
clients the assets managed by the global thematic team and closed the division. The consequence of this action was a reduction in revenues and 
net income for shareholders, therefore the Executive Directors were paid no variable remuneration or performance shares in that year. 

Our business model and what differentiates us
In developing the Committee’s proposed remuneration policy, we recognise that the Group has a differentiated business model from its peers 
and also is at an earlier stage in its development than its public peers. Over the last three years, the Group has transitioned from a merged 
private company to a premium listed PLC, while simultaneously continuing the growth path that shareholders expect. 

The Group has a total of just over 200 employees and we are therefore smaller than the majority of our public asset management peers. 
Accordingly our Executive Directors and the CEO in particular, are directly engaged in the day-to-day client engagement and investment 
management decision processes. Our remuneration policy reflects this dynamic. 

The Committee is mindful of the need to implement a remuneration policy appropriate to attract and retain individuals who are confident in 
their ability to add value in a market against a wide range of both listed and unlisted competitors; many of which are at similar stages of their 
development but are not listed companies. This is particularly true for those who have a strong investment skillset such as Mike Faulkner, or 
individuals who operate as head of a business unit but who are not Executive Directors. 

While we are mindful of the approaches taken by our asset management peers, we believe that our proposed remuneration policy is aligned to 
the specific requirements in our business and is reflective of the stage of our development. Therefore our approach to remuneration will be 
differentiated based on the facts and circumstances of our particular business. 

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance

Financials

59    

Our stakeholders
In a similar manner we have been mindful of the guidance given by governance advisory bodies and have sought to understand their views. 
We recognise that there is a desire for consistency across the financial services industry with regards to remuneration policies. Where we 
consider that the Group’s specific circumstances differ significantly from our peers we have departed from the more standard approach in order 
to align Executive Directors’ remuneration both with the outcomes expected from our clients, and with those of our shareholders, in order to 
incentivise outstanding performance outcomes.

Accordingly we have formally incorporated into the new remuneration policy a remuneration cap on total pay expense to all staff and partners 
including Executive Directors in any year and an aggregate cap on each element of Executive Remuneration. Again, we believe this is an 
important differentiator in our policy, and helps provide comfort regarding the overall balance between the remuneration to employees and 
Executive Directors for their demonstrated performance and shareholder return for capital.

Our key remuneration outcomes
We are now three years on from the IPO and the Committee has undertaken a full review of Executive Director remuneration in light of the 
progress made by the Group and the strategic objectives the Board has for the Group over the next three years. Elements of this strategy relate 
to both organic growth and acquisitive growth and this has been taken into account in setting the Group’s proposed remuneration policy, 
particularly with regard to long-term incentives.

The Committee defined the following key outcomes that are required from the proposed remuneration policy:
 – Strong alignment between remuneration outcomes and the delivery of client desired outcomes.
 – A transparent approach to sharing the economics of the Group between employees including the Executive Directors, and shareholders.
 – Ensuring that higher levels of remuneration are only delivered for exceptional long-term growth and performance.
 – A clear understanding of expectations with regard to performance outcomes and measurement that translates the Group’s strategy into 

financial and non-financial outcomes that measure progress in the current period, medium and long term.

 – A clear understanding by our employees and the Executive Directors of their remuneration outcomes, including their expectations regarding 

the components of remuneration and how this is linked to their individual, divisional and the Group’s performance.

 – An alignment to effective risk management and personal and collective conduct through malus adjustments and retention periods, including 

compliance with the FCA’s Remuneration Codes and UCITS V, where applicable. 

The Committee has considered the environmental, social and governance implications of the remuneration policy and is satisfied that there is 
no element which would incentivise inappropriate conduct or behaviour. 

Changes from the current remuneration policy
In summary the main changes from the current remuneration policy are:
 – The Group’s total remuneration and profit share each year will be formally capped at a maximum of 54% of net management and advisory 

fees, plus 50% of performance fees.

 – An increase in maximum annual cash bonus opportunity from 200% to 300% of salary to reward exceptional performance, subject at all 

times to a requirement to make at least a 50% of awards as long-term incentive plan (LTIP) awards with forward-looking financial 
performance targets.

 – Changing the performance metrics for LTIP awards from total shareholder return to financial metrics linked to the growth of the underlying 

business economics, for example adjusted underlying EPS. 

 – Grants awarded to Executive Directors in 2014 under the Executive Performance Share Plan (EPSP) will continue in accordance with the 

performance terms of the EPSP and are due to end in 2018. A new EPSP will not be established for Executive Directors. Long term incentive 
awards made to Executive Directors will be made under the existing plans (subject to shareholder approval for the participation of Executive 
Director in the Deferred Equity Plan). 

 – We believe that good client investment outcomes are a key driver of client satisfaction and shareholder value creation, both in maintaining 

and growing existing client relationships and attracting new clients. We are therefore proposing that Executive Directors that have 
contributed to the generation of investment performance will be eligible to receive remuneration which more explicitly relates to the 
generation of performance fees. The total performance fee remuneration that can be awarded to the Executive Directors will be subject  
to a cap of £8m along with the percentage cap above. In addition individual limits on the amount and the percentage of performance fee 
remuneration will be applied to each Executive Director. Awards will be subject to significant levels of deferral into shares and/or fund units. 

With regards to the maximum annual cash bonus opportunity, the previous remuneration policy provided that Executive Directors were eligible 
to receive up to 200% of their base salary as a discretionary cash bonus based on the progress achieved against ‘desired outcomes’. The maximum 
cash bonus opportunity has been increased to 300% of base salary in the new policy to reflect the concept of ‘exceptional outperformance’.

The Committee’s evaluation of expected performance aligns to the successful delivery of the Board’s annual budget across all KPIs as well as 
other specific objectives and equates to a level of 100% of fixed base salary. Above expectation performance aligns to outperformance against 
the Board’s budget and equates to a level of 200% of fixed base salary. The Committee’s expectation in that an award of above 200% of fixed 
base salary is, by its nature, rare and would only be awarded by the Committee for exceptional outperformance both in achieving sustainable 
and accelerated outcomes in the current period aligned to the early achievement of objectives in the Board’s three year strategic plan.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

2018-2020 DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY PROPOSAL 

Continued

60    

In the year ended 2017 based on the clear demonstration of actual outcomes above the desired level the Executive Directors were awarded a 
cash variable remuneration at the 200% level. The financial year ended 2017 is the only year since the IPO that any of the Executive Directors 
have received an award at this level. In 2015 all the Executive Directors voluntarily elected no cash bonus remuneration and in 2016 only two 
Executives Directors were awarded cash bonuses which were set at the 120% and 124% level. The manner in which cash bonuses have 
historically been awarded gives a strong indication of our alignment to our shareholder’s interests and evidences the Committee’s commitment 
to appropriate pay. 

In deciding not to repeat the EPSP in the new remuneration policy, and to introduce performance fee remuneration for Executive Directors, the 
Committee reviewed the overall economics of the two remuneration approaches to ensure that the maximum award levels produced similar 
financial outcomes for our shareholders. For the full vesting of both the EPSP A and B shares a Total Shareholder Return of 30% compounded 
over 4 years is required. Including dividends this would require that the share price at vesting is approximately £4.30 per share. This equates to 
an award value to the Executive Directors, as a group, of £31m, equivalent to £8m per year over the 4-year performance period. Accordingly we 
set the maximum that the Executive Directors, as a group, could be awarded from Performance fee remuneration at the same level to maintain 
the same financial outcome for shareholders. 

Proposed remuneration policy
In summary the following are the key outcomes of the proposed remuneration policy:
 – Shareholder outcomes

To maintain a balance of outcomes between shareholders and employees, including the Executive Directors, the Group’s total remuneration 
each year will be capped at the maximum aggregate of 54% of net management and advisory fees, plus 50% of performance fees. In the 
event that an acquisition is undertaken by the Group the Committee has discretion to make adjustments on a temporary basis to the 
remuneration ratio in order to facilitate integration. 

 – Fixed remuneration and benefits

Executive Director base salaries are to be reviewed annually by the Committee and set at a suitably competitive level. The maximum annual 
increase in base salary of each Executive Director is capped at the weighted average employee salary increase in that year, except in the case 
of a change in role.

 – Variable remuneration 
  All Executive Directors will be eligible for annual variable remuneration comprising:

(a) up to a maximum of 300% of fixed base salary in cash in order to reward exceptional performance,

plus

(b) up to a maximum of 400% of fixed base salary in the form of long-term incentive awards under the Group’s existing deferral plans.

The total annual variable remuneration of Executive Directors will be subject to at least 50% deferral into long-term incentive awards with 
performance metrics linked to shareholder outcomes.

Long-term incentive awards will be in the form of the Group’s shares or, where regulation requires (i.e. UCITS V) or where the Committee 
considers it appropriate, deferred into other instruments. Long-term incentive awards made to Executive Directors will be made under the 
existing plans (subject to shareholder approval for the participation of Executive Directors in the Deferred Equity Plan). Long-term incentive 
awards in the Group’s shares may proportionally vest based upon a combination of metrics including adjusted underlying EPS growth 
measured over the three-year vesting period. The Committee will determine when performance conditions shall be applied to long-term 
incentive awards. Performance conditions may not be applied when the award is a deferral of variable remuneration under the UCITS V or a 
deferral of a cash bonus. Awards can be made under the deferral arrangements relating to the deferral of bonuses that are yet to be paid as 
well as for bonuses for the previous financial year which have been withheld in accordance with UCITS V. Vested awards will be subject to a 
two-year post-vesting hold period and malus adjustments.

 – Performance Fee Remuneration 

The maximum level of total remuneration and profit share applicable to performance fees will be capped at 50% of performance fees in a 
year. Executive Directors will, as described above, be eligible to share more explicitly in the remuneration relating to performance fees 
subject to satisfaction of all appropriate good conduct criteria. This will be achieved through the introduction of the Performance Fee 
Remuneration for Executive Directors whereby Executive Directors that have contributed to the generation of investment performance can 
be allocated Performance Fee Remuneration. The remuneration will be subject to a cap on the amount and the percentage which varies by 
individual Executive Director. 

Up to 40% of any Performance Fee Remuneration can be paid in cash in the year the performance fees are earned by the Group. A minimum of 
60% of the Performance Fee Remuneration will be subject to deferral into the Group’s shares and/or fund units which will vest over three years 
and will be subject to a malus provision.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance

Financials

61    

Policy illustration
The following chart illustrates the application of the remuneration components under the new policy reflecting the maximum possible 
remuneration based on performance outcomes:

Total 
Remuneration 
(£000’s)

£8,000

£7,000

£6,000

£5,000

£4,000

£3,000

£2,000

£1,000

£0

39%

26%

18%

13%

4%

50%

25%
25%

100%

18%

12%

34%

26%

10%

  19%

  12%

34%

26%

9%

19%

12%

34%

26%

9%

49%

24%
27%

100%

49%

25%
26%

100%

49%

24%
27%

100%

Min.

Norm.

Max.

Min.

Norm.

Max.

Min.

Norm.

Max.

Min.

Norm.

Max.

MIKE FAULKNER

JACK BERRY

JAMES BARHAM

KEVIN HAYES

   Performance 
fee bonus 
– Deferred3

   Performance 
fee bonus 
– Cash3

  LTIA3

  Cash bonus2

–

–

–

–

  Base1

340

–

–

675

337

340

3,000

2,000

1,350

1,012

–

–

–

–

340

312

–

–

562

281

312

600

400

1,124

843

312

–

–

–

–

287

–

–

550

275

287

600

400

1,100

825

287

–

–

–

–

306

–

–

550

275

306

600

400

1,100

825

306

1  Base includes salary, fees, benefits and pension & performance measures relating to a one year period.
2  Performance measures relating to a one year period.
3  Long Term Incentive Awards. Performance measures relating to greater than one year period. 

As noted earlier the increase in the maximum possible remuneration includes both the effect of increasing the maximum cash bonus award to 
300% of salary and the addition of Performance Fee Remuneration to replace the maximum remuneration under the EPSP which is not being 
replaced in the proposed policy.

The maximum remuneration outcomes for Mike Faulkner, the Group’s CEO have increased from both the change in cash bonus from 200% to 
300%, and the inclusion of Performance Fee Remuneration. Given the specific nature of our client engagement processes and the size of our 
business, a significant part of Mike’s responsibilities include being directly involved in the generation of performance fees through investment 
ideas, strategy generation, development and sales. The Committee therefore considers it appropriate that were these investments decisions 
and strategies to result in significant performance fees to the Group, Mike (and the other Executive Directors where they have also contributed) 
can be awarded remuneration specifically associated with this activity. The maximum level of performance fee remuneration represents 
exceptional performance which will be directly linked to the Group receiving significant performance fees in that year.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
2018-2020 DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY PROPOSAL 

Continued

62    

The maximum level of total performance fee remuneration that can be awarded to employees and partners, including the Executive Directors is 
capped under the proposed policy at 50% in any year. This provides clear alignment with shareholders as historically the net performance fee 
income (performance fees less performance fee related remuneration and taxes) have been fully distributed to shareholders each year.

In addition, any Performance Fee Remuneration awarded to the Executive Directors will be subject to at least 60% deferral in the Group’s shares 
or managed funds, vesting over a 3 year period and will be subject to a malus provision. 

Remuneration policy
This table sets out the components of the proposed remuneration policy for Executive Directors. The proposed policy will be effective for the 
2017/2018 financial year.

Component

Purpose

Application to Executive Directors

Group  
remuneration  
capping

To ensure that overall remuneration reflects an 
appropriate sharing of reward between all employees 
including Executive Directors and shareholders

Fixed pay

Base salary

To help recruit and 
retain talent

Benefits, pension,  
save-as-you-earn

To help recruit and retain 
talent and promote health 
and wellbeing

A key part of the remuneration policy, a cap on the overall 
remuneration ratio in line with current levels gives shareholders 
comfort that they will enjoy at least the same share of the profits 
of the business as they do currently.

The Group’s overall remuneration and profit share expense, 
reflecting fixed and variable elements for all staff and partners, 
shall be capped at an aggregate of:
 – 54% of net management and advisory fees, plus
 – 50% of performance fees

In the event that an acquisition is undertaken by the Group the 
Committee has discretion to make adjustments on a temporary 
basis to the remuneration ratio in order to facilitate integration. 
These are the maximums, and the Committee expects the 
business to operate below them in a typical year.

Base salaries represent fixed contractual payments. To maintain 
financial flexibility in our overall economics, salaries are set at a 
suitably competitive level based on peer group analysis.

Like other employees, Executive Directors’ salaries are reviewed 
annually; however they will not be increased by more than the 
weighted average increase in employee salaries over the period 
since the last change in Executive Director salary, except to reflect 
changes in role.

Executive Directors have access to the same benefits as all Group 
employees, including save-as-you-earn, defined contribution 
pensions (or cash in lieu of pension) with a Group contribution of 
up to 10%, and health and other insurances.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

Component

Purpose

Application to Executive Directors

63    

Variable pay

To provide motivation and 
reward to individuals for 
achievement of objectives 
aligned with the Group’s 
strategy. These objectives 
may be in-year, or longer 
in duration.

Cash Variable 
Remuneration

Variable pay shall be in two forms, the details of which are below:

1.  Cash Variable Remuneration – up to 300% base salary, plus
2.  Long Term Incentive Awards – up to 400% base salary

In setting the overall remuneration for the year, the ratio of Long 
Term Incentive Awards to Cash Variable Remuneration shall be 
at least 1:1.

Executive Directors will be eligible for maximum Cash Variable 
Remuneration which is capped at a multiple of 300% of base salary.

The Cash Variable Remuneration will be assessed by the 
Committee and will be linked to stated performance objectives 
aligned to the annual delivery of the Group’s strategy. These will 
be a combination of individual and Group-wide performance 
objectives, with financial performance measures the key factors. 
These will include: Group KPIs; specific divisional performance; 
and Adjusted underlying EPS. These measures will determine the 
outcomes ranging from minimum to exceptional.

Consideration of culture and conduct will also be included to reward 
high quality conduct which is consistent with the Group’s culture. 

The Committee’s evaluation of expected performance aligns to 
the successful delivery of the Board’s annual budget across all 
KPIs as well as other specific objectives and equates to a level of 
100% of fixed base salary. Above expectation performance aligns 
to outperformance against the Board’s budget and equates to a 
level of 200% of fixed base salary. The Committee’s expectation 
in that an award of above 200% of fixed base salary is, by its 
nature, rare and would only be awarded by the Committee for 
exceptional outperformance both in achieving sustainable and 
accelerated outcomes in the current period aligned to the early 
achievement of objectives in the Board’s three year strategic plan.

By mandating a ratio of Long Term Incentive Awards to Cash 
Variable Remuneration of at least 1:1, at least 50% of the 
Executive Directors remuneration each year will be in the form of 
a Long Term Incentive award structure which has more onerous 
performance conditions than a simple deferral.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

2018-2020 DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY PROPOSAL 

Continued

64    

Component

Purpose

Application to Executive Directors

Variable pay 
(continued)

Long Term Incentive 
Awards

To incentivise delivery of 
long-term performance and 
strategic objectives

Executive Directors can be awarded Long Term Incentive Awards 
which are capped at a maximum of 400% of base salary.

Typical annual grants will be between 100% and 200% of base 
salary. Awards above 200% and up to 400% of base salary can  
be awarded subject to pre-grant performance conditions, 
measured as part of the year-end appraisal process along with 
Cash Variable Remuneration.

Awards shall be made in Group shares or fund units, or a 
combination of the two. The Committee will decide the most 
appropriate mix each year depending on the desired outcomes 
for the business.

The performance conditions will be measured over a three-year 
period, chosen to align with the typical strategic timeline of the 
Group. Following vesting, the awards shall be subject to a further 
two year holding period.

Vesting will be based on maintaining a minimum level of 
aggregate Group performance, as measured by adjusted 
underlying EPS growth. This measure is chosen as it represents 
the core business and is not subject to volatility resulting from 
performance fees. These same awards may contain additional 
criteria requiring the achievement of specific performance targets 
aligned to the long-term strategic objectives set by the Board.

The specific vesting criteria which will be set by the Committee 
will be clear, measurable and objective and will be included in the 
annual report on remuneration in the year they are set. Progress 
against them will be reported in each annual report on 
remuneration during the vesting period.

A maximum of 75% of base salary will vest for threshold performance.

Awards will be subject to requirements of continued employment 
throughout the vesting period, but not the holding period.

Deferrals shall be subject to malus during the vesting period and 
holding period, as detailed below.

Executives shall be entitled to dividends or income distributions 
during the holding period.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

65    

Component

Purpose

Application to Executive Directors

Performance Fee 
Remuneration

To reward specific exceptional 
returns to shareholders 
resulting from performance 
fees

Subject at all times to the Group remuneration cap detailed 
above, the Executive Directors can participate in the performance 
fee remuneration pool. Participation will be qualified based on 
objectives relating to: the direct contribution to investment idea 
generation and innovation, direct portfolio management, risk, 
capacity and execution management and the development of net 
new performance fee business. The award is subject to a limit on 
the percentage of performance fees and the total amount 
Executive Directors can receive each year:

Malus and clawback

To ensure that variable 
remuneration reflects 
longer-term risk outcomes

Personal shareholding

To align Executive Directors 
with shareholders

Individual

Max. % of 
performance 
fees

Max. £ 
amount 
per annum

Mike Faulkner

20%

10% 

Other Executive 
Directors, 
individually

£5m

£1m

Basis for performance evaluation

Specific objectives 
relating to: the direct 
contribution to 
investment idea 
generation and 
innovation, direct 
portfolio management, 
risk, capacity and 
execution management 
and the development of 
net new performance fee 
business

Up to 40% of the Performance Fee Remuneration can be paid in 
cash in the year the performance fees are earned by the Group. 
A minimum of 60% of the Performance Fee Remuneration will be 
deferred in a combination of Group shares and/or fund units for a 
period of three years, subject to malus which includes significant 
deviations from client mandate expectations, failures in risk 
management and conduct issues. Recipients will be entitled to 
dividends or income distributions on a reinvestment basis. 

Malus will apply to all awards during the performance assessment 
and award setting process, and both the vesting and holding 
periods. This allows the Committee at its sole discretion to reduce 
the levels of award due to the individual to reflect risk outcomes 
including: deviations from client mandate expectations, failures 
in risk management and conduct issues, personal misconduct, 
professional conduct failings in a regulatory context, or risk 
management failings with regard to clients; material 
mis-statement of financial results; and significant downturn in 
Group or relevant divisional results.

Clawback will apply to cash variable remuneration and 
performance fee remuneration for a period of 12 months in case 
of material financial mis-statement or serious personal 
misconduct by the individual.

Executive Directors are required to acquire and retain Group 
shares equivalent to at least 200% of base salary. The Directors 
shall have five years from taking office to acquire the shares. 
Shares which have vested under remuneration plans but which 
are subject to holding periods shall count for the purpose of 
determining this test.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

2018-2020 DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY PROPOSAL 

Continued

66    

Total remuneration cap
A key governance metric to demonstrate the alignment between our employees and Executive Directors and our shareholders is the proposed 
cap on total remuneration as a percentage of both management and advisory fees and performance fees. The cap will be set in the new policy 
and therefore any motion to exceed the cap will require shareholder approval as a binding vote. 

The following table illustrates the previous actual remuneration ratios for net management and advisory revenues and performance fee 
revenues. We propose to set the ratio in the policy at: 54% of net management and advisory fees plus 50% of the performance fees.

Net management fee and advisory fees
Remuneration ratio
Performance fees
Remuneration ratio
Total revenue
Total remuneration ratio

1  Remuneration was set at an overall level in 2014.

2014 (6m)

2015

2016

2017

17,525
n/a1
2,350
n/a1
20,162
54%

46,654
52%
5,879
42%
52,533
51%

45,669
54%
1,526
50%
47,195
54%

55,893
52%
12,549
50%
68,442
52%

Maximum 
Policy Level

54%

50%

The Board’s stated strategy is to improve the overall margin of the business through revenue growth. This will be achieved over time by the 
reduction in the remuneration and the administrative expenses ratios to revenue. Over the last three years the remuneration ratio has been 
reduced and we expect this to be maintained over the next 3 years in the range of 50-54% for net management and advisory fees and 50% of 
performance fees. In setting the ratio at the 54%/50% ratio the Committee recognises that there may be a need for temporary flexibility, for 
example in order to recruit new investment or consultant teams. Likewise, as stated earlier, the expectation is that in years of significant 
performance fees the performance fee ratio will be below 50%.

The net management fees and performance fees are defined in our financial statements and subject to audit. Remuneration expense is defined 
as fixed based salaries, partner drawings, benefits, cash variable remuneration and profit share and the amortisation of performance share and 
fund awards, recruiting incentives, and payroll taxes. The financial statement effect of the EPSP, including payroll taxes are excluded from the 
definition of remuneration expense for the purposes of applying the remuneration cap. Remuneration expense is defined in our financial 
statements and is subject to annual audit. 

Executive Performance Share Plan (EPSP)
As a newly listed company, the remuneration policy set in 2014 included the grant of the Executive Performance Share Plans (EPSP) to 
incentivise the Executive Directors to deliver growth in the client business and to maximise the return to shareholders as measured in terms of 
share price performance and dividends. The EPSP was designed to provide a reward to the Executive Directors only in the situation where the 
actual total shareholder return was above 12% compounded over four years. Full vesting of the EPSP was based on achieving actual total 
shareholder returns of 24% for the A shares and 30% for the B shares, respectively compounded over the four-year period from the IPO date. 
As these hurdles were considered appropriately challenging the EPSP was treated as dilutive to shareholders. 

The Committee also confirms that as the EPSP was issued prior to the IPO it is not included in the calculation of potentially dilutive awards as set 
out in ABI guidance.

The performance measurement period for the EPSP will end on 30 June 2018. The Committee is proposing to shareholders that this plan will not 
be repeated, however that the current outstanding awards will continue in accordance with the plan documentation. 

Performance fee remuneration
We believe that good client investment outcomes are a key driver to client satisfaction and shareholder value creation, both in maintaining and 
growing existing client relationships and attracting new clients. As an investment management business our ability to innovate and develop 
investment intellectual capital in order to achieve long-run investment outperformance is an essential element of our continued success. 

Linked to investment outperformance generated for clients is the ability of the Group to generate performance fees. The Executive Directors, in 
particular Mike Faulkner, have significant input into the generation of performance fees through investment ideas, strategy generation, 
development and sales. The Committee proposes that within the overall performance fee remuneration, it is appropriate therefore for the 
Executive Directors to be eligible for remuneration to reflect their role during the year in generating such fees. 

We believe that this directly aligns the Executive Directors including Mike Faulkner as an investment focused CEO, with the interests of 
shareholders in delivering shareholder returns. 

For shareholders a significant proportion of net performance fees (performance fees less performance fee remuneration and taxes) are returned 
to shareholders. To date 100% of the net performance fee profits have been returned to shareholders as dividends. As the performance fee 
remuneration is capped at 50% of performance fees the direct financial outcome to shareholders will be unchanged.

Annually, specific objectives can be established, where relevant, for Executive Directors by the Committee with the assistance from the Board’s 
other subcommittees: the Global Investment Committee, the Client Engagement Committee and the Audit and Risk Committee. These 
objectives could relate to the development of a new investment philosophy and process, research and risk management strategies or execution, 
capacity and distribution strategies. 

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
Strategic report

Governance

Financials

67    

With regards to the Executive Directors the award of performance fee remuneration is subject to a cap of both the amount and the percentage 
of total performance fees. We believe that this is an important governance limitation. 

Individual

Mike Faulkner

Other Executive Directors, 
individually

Max. % of performance fees Max. £ amount

Basis for evaluation

20%

10% 

£5m

£1m

Specific objectives relating to: the direct contribution to investment 
idea generation and innovation, direct portfolio management, risk, 
capacity and execution management and the development of net 
new performance fee business

In our client engagement we are clear as to how this outperformance will be measured and delivered, including clear risk parameters which are 
monitored independently from those managing the assets. Our approach to client engagement and conduct mitigates the conflicts of interest 
that can arise in generating performance fees and in particular situations where remuneration is directly linked to underlying investment 
performance.

In order to ensure longer-term alignment and adherence to UCITS V where applicable, 60% of performance fee remuneration each year will be 
deferred into the Group’s shares and/or fund units for a period of 3 years, subject to malus. 

In the determination of vesting and the operation of malus provisions the Committee will be keenly focused on monitoring conduct, not only 
with regard to our clients but also with regard to our participation in the broader financial markets. The Committee’s consideration of malus will 
include: deviations from client mandate expectations, failure in risk and conduct, personal misconduct, professional conduct failings in a 
regulatory context, or risk management failings with regard to clients, the Group, as well as dealings in the broader financial markets.

In years in which performance fees are significant and the awards to relevant employees and the Executive Directors are at the respective cap it 
is the Board’s expectation that the remuneration accrual rate applied to performance fees will be reduced below 50%, thereby increasing the 
distributions to shareholders. 

Measuring performance
The Committee defined the following key outcomes that are required from the proposed remuneration policy:
 – Ensuring that higher levels of remuneration are only delivered for exceptional long-term growth and performance; 
 – A clear understanding of expectations with regards to performance outcomes and measurement that translates the Group’s strategy into 

financial and non-financial outcomes that measure progress in the current period, medium and long term; and

 – A clear understanding by our employees and the Executive Directors of their remuneration outcomes, including their expectations regarding 

the components of remuneration and how this is linked to their individual and divisional performance and the Group’s performance.

Prior to the start of the financial year the Board undertakes a strategic review of the business and reviews submissions from each business area 
regarding their strategic ambitions for the forthcoming year and their trajectory towards a three-year strategic plan. These plans form the basis 
of the Group’s annual budget and three-year strategic plan. The budget is set on the basis of stretch objectives so that it is sufficiently 
challenging for the Executive Directors and Senior Management. The annual budget sets the baseline of the key performance indicators, both 
financial and non-financial. 

Variable Cash Remuneration
These budget key performance indicators form the basis for the performance hurdles for the Executive Directors’ Variable Cash Awards which 
will be set by the Committee annually. The Committee views that the achievement of the annual budget represents the level of ‘expected’ 
performance. For each KPI the Board sets a range which gives a clear indication of ‘above expectation’ and ‘exceptional’ performance.

In evaluating the Executive Directors there is an element of their performance that is the result of their collective activity and therefore at the 
Group level the achievement of net management fee and advisory revenues and underlying pre-tax margin are elements that we hold the 
Executive Directors responsible for as a collective team. Individual divisional objectives, for example sales targets, regretted attrition and 
non-financial metrics such as the measurement of client satisfaction, and the development and training of staff are more aligned to the 
individual Executive Directors. The various metrics are therefore weighed by the Committee for each Executive Director. 

In order to exclude the effect of performance fees, which could give rise to performance fee remuneration, Variable Cash Remuneration 
performance objectives will be based on the underlying management and advisory earnings metrics. These will include metrics linked to 
revenues, AUM, and adjusted underlying margins.

While other financial metrics may also be used, the primary linkage to shareholder returns is the delivery of revenue and the control of both 
remuneration and administrative expenses. Other non-financial metrics may also be used including those which measure client satisfaction, 
and staff development and succession.

Strategically the business has grown organically over the last three years. Over the next three-year period adjusted underlying EPS will be used 
as a performance metric to reflect the potential use of the capital base for the purposes of an acquisition. The Committee considers this a more 
appropriate metric than those based on return on equity. 

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

2018-2020 DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY PROPOSAL 

Continued

68    

In terms of Variable Cash Remuneration the following are used by the Committee to determine each Executive’s performance and Variable 
Cash Remuneration:

Expected performance aligns to the successful delivery of the Board’s annual budget across all KPIs and equates to a level of 100% of fixed 
base salary.

‘Above expectation’ performance aligns to outperformance against the Board’s budget and equates to a level of 200% of fixed base salary. 
The Committee’s expectation in that an award of above 200% of fixed base salary is, by its nature, rare and would only be awarded by the 
Committee for exceptional outperformance both in achieving sustainable and accelerated outcomes in the current period aligned to the early 
achievement of objectives in the Board’s three year strategic plan.

The Committee will receive quarterly reporting to provide ongoing feedback on progress with a final determination by the Committee at the 
end of the year.

The Committee will retrospectively disclose the financial targets and the evaluation of actual performance against those targets for each 
Executive Director. Detailed commentary will be given on the Committee’s assessment of performance achieved against the non-financial 
objectives. Specific targets will not be disclosed in detail in advance for reasons of commercial sensitivity, but some high level disclosure of the 
types of objectives will be given. In the Chief Executive’s review (page 8) the strategy of the Group for the next 3 years has been outlined, 
including specific growth metrics to be achieved. These strategic objectives will form the basis for the targets for 2017/2018 and will reviewed 
and updated as required in our reporting to shareholders in the interim and annual reports. 

Long Term Incentive Awards
By mandating a ratio of Long Term Incentive Awards to Cash Variable Remuneration of at least 1:1, at least 50% of the Executive Directors’ 
remuneration will be deferred each year in a Long Term Incentive Award structure which has more onerous performance conditions than a 
simple deferral.

Executive Directors can be awarded grants under the Group’s Deferred Equity Plan which provides for awards of shares, fund units or other 
securities. Typical annual grants will be 100 – 200% of fixed base salary, but up to 400% can be awarded subject to pre-grant performance 
conditions, measured as part of the year-end appraisal process along with Variable Cash Remuneration. 

Long Term Incentive Awards vest over a period of three years to align to the Group’s strategic planning horizon. The performance conditions will 
be the financial and non-financial KPI growth metrics rather than performance metrics to be achieved in a single year. 

Awards can be made in Group shares or fund units, or a combination of the two. The Committee will decide the most appropriate mix each year 
depending on the desired performance outcomes for the business.

Vesting will be based on maintaining a minimum level of aggregate Group performance, as measured by adjusted underlying EPS (Earnings Per 
Share) growth. These same awards may contain additional criteria requiring the achievement of specific performance targets aligned to the 
long-term strategic objectives set by the Board as part of its strategic planning process.

The specific vesting criteria which are set by the Committee will be clear, measurable and objective and will be included in the annual report on 
remuneration in the year they are set. Progress against them will be reported in each annual report on remuneration during the vesting period.

Risk and conduct
The Committee takes risk and conduct issues very seriously, and has incorporated this into the policy to ensure that appropriate remuneration is 
paid to individuals who exhibit the Group’s values, resulting in positive risk and conduct outcomes. Individuals who are directly accountable for 
risk and conduct issues which arise should have reductions in their remuneration. As a result, all variable remuneration awards are subject to 
malus, which allows the Committee to:
 – Cancel any award before or during the vesting or hold period; 
 – Reduce the amount of any award before it is made;
 – Reduce the amount of any award during the vesting period; 
 – Reduce the amount of any award during the holding or deferral period; and
 – Impose further conditions on any award in certain circumstances including where there has been misconduct, exposure to risks, breach of 
policy or where the Committee is reasonably of the opinion that the actions of the individual has or is likely to cause injury to the business. 

Additionally, the Committee will not only measure the absolute achievement of objectives, but will also apply judgment as to the manner in 
which the objectives were achieved.

Finally, the up-front cash elements of variable remuneration, being the cash annual bonus and the performance fee bonus shall be subject to 
a 12 month clawback provision, in case of material mis-statement of financial results or serious personal misconduct by the individual.

Remuneration of new Executive Directors
Upon appointment of new Executive Directors, the Committee aims to pay such Directors appropriate levels of remuneration to achieve the 
objectives of retention and motivation, in line with the policy detailed above. 

Base salaries will typically be set at similar levels to those already in place, although they may be set lower to reflect experience, in which 
case they may rise more quickly over time. Benefits and bonuses will be applied in a consistent manner with the policy as it applies to other 
Executive Directors. 

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

69    

New Executive Directors will be given objectives for the remainder of the year in which they are appointed, and will be appraised on their 
performance and be eligible for variable remuneration in a similar way as existing Executive Directors.

The Group may pay reasonable legal costs for a new Executive Director to obtain independent legal advice in relation to their appointment.

Where a new Executive Director forfeits remuneration as a result of leaving their previous role, the Committee may make one-off awards on 
their appointment in order to mitigate their loss. In all cases any buy-out awards will be granted on a like-for-like basis, taking into account the 
nature, time horizon and performance requirements of the forfeited remuneration and will be subject to malus at least as onerous as the awards 
being replaced.

Non-Executive remuneration
The Group periodically reviews the fees payable to Non-Executive Directors in respect of their roles on the Board and as committee chairs. 
This review includes the use of benchmarking data to determine appropriate fee levels. The Committee will makes changes to remuneration 
as appropriate, with the last change being an increase, which was effective from 1 July 2016. The Non-Executive Directors will be entitled to 
additional fees in exceptional circumstances if determined appropriate by the Chairman in consultation with the CEO.

Directors’ service contracts, letters of appointment and termination arrangements
All Executive Directors have service agreements under which, other than by termination in accordance with the terms of these agreements, 
employment continues indefinitely.

There are no special provisions for notice or compensation in the event of a change of control of the Group. It is the Group’s policy that the 
Group may terminate the Executive Directors’ service agreements by giving no less than 12 months’ notice.

As an alternative, for Executive Directors the Group may at its discretion pay in lieu of that notice. Payment in lieu of notice may be made in 
equal monthly instalments from the date of termination to the end of any unexpired notice period. Payment in lieu of notice in instalments may 
also be subject to mitigation and reduced taking into account earnings from alternative employment.

For Executive Directors, payment in lieu of notice comprises 100% of the annual salary at the date of termination and the annual cost to the 
Group of providing pension and all other benefits. In limited circumstances, in addition to making a full payment in lieu of notice, the Group may 
permit an Executive Director to stay employed after the announcement of his or her departure for a limited period to ensure an effective 
hand-over and/or allow time for a successor to be appointed.

The Group may, depending on the circumstances of the termination, determine that it will not pay the Executive Director in lieu of notice and 
may instead terminate an Executive Director’s contract in breach and make a damages payment, taking into account as appropriate the 
Director’s ability to mitigate his or her loss. The Group may also pay an amount considered to be reasonable by the Committee in respect of fees 
for legal and tax advice and outplacement support for the departing Executive Director.

On cessation of employment, save as otherwise provided for under the rules of the Group’s share plans, Executive Directors’ entitlements to any 
unvested awards lapse automatically. In the case of injury, disability, ill-health or redundancy (as determined by the Committee), change of 
control, or any other reason that the Committee so decides in its absolute discretion, awards may continue, or vest early.

Awards that are subject to performance conditions not linked to continued employment will stay in force as if the participant had not ceased 
employment and shall vest on the original vesting date. Awards that are not subject to a performance condition will be released as soon as 
practicable following cessation of employment.

The number of shares that are released shall be pro-rated for the period of the participant’s service in the restricted period (although the 
Committee may in its absolute discretion waive or vary the pro-rating).

In determining whether and how to exercise its discretion under the Group’s share plans, the Committee will have regard to all relevant 
circumstances distinguishing between different types of leaver, the circumstances at the time the award was originally made, the Executive 
Director’s performance and the circumstances in which the Executive Director left employment.

On cessation of employment, Executive Directors, having been notified of participation in an annual incentive plan for the relevant financial year 
may, at the Committee’s discretion, retain entitlement to a pro-rata annual incentive for their period of service in the financial year prior to their 
leaving date. Such pay-out will normally be calculated in good faith on the same terms and paid at the same time as for continuing Executive 
Directors.

Eligibility for allowances and benefits including retirement benefits normally ceases on retirement or on the termination of employment for any 
other reason.

The rules of the Group’s share plans make provision for the treatment of awards in respect of corporate activity, including a change of control of 
the Group. The Committee would act in accordance with the terms of the awards in these circumstances, which includes terms as to the 
assessment of performance conditions and time apportionment.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

2018-2020 DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY PROPOSAL 

Continued

70    

Details of each individual Executive Director’s service agreement are outlined in the table below. Employment agreements for other employees 
are determined in accordance with local labour law and market practice.

Executive Directors

Title

Appointment Date

Resignation Date

James Barham

Global Head of Distribution

27th March 2014

Jack Berry

Kevin Hayes

Global Head of Solutions

27th March 2014

Chief Financial Officer

15th April 2014

Mike Faulkner

Chief Executive Officer

27th March 2014

Non-Executive Directors

Title

Appointment Date

Resignation Date

Effective Date of Current 
Service Agreement

Notice Period

Initial Term

6th April 2014

12 months

27th March 2014

12 months

27th March 2014

12 months

27th March 2014

12 months

Rolling

Rolling

Rolling

Rolling

Effective Date of Current 
Service Agreement

Notice Period

Initial Term

Paul Bradshaw

Angela Crawford-Ingle

Robin Minter-Kemp

Jonathan Punter

Peter Warry

27th March 2014

12th January 2017 27th March 2014

3 months

29th May 2014

12th May 2014

26th June 2014

1st June 2014

29th May 2014

3 months

12th May 2014

3 months

26th June 2014

3 months

1st June 2014

3 months

3 years

3 years

3 years

3 years

3 years

Compliance with regulation and legislation
The regulatory and legislative environment is changing rapidly, with implications for remuneration approaches. Whilst all steps are taken at the 
time of drafting a policy to ensure it is compliant with both the letter and spirit of current requirements, this can change over a three-year cycle. 
An example of this is the implementation of UCITS V in the current year, which introduces requirements to make deferrals into UCITS fund units, 
not currently permitted in the Group’s current policy.

To avoid these issues in future, the Committee may vary the method and approach to Executive Remuneration in this policy, in order to ensure 
regulatory and legislative compliance.

Statement of consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group
The Group’s head of HR is present at all Committee meetings and provides the Committee with reporting on proposed salary levels and variable 
remuneration awards during the annual remuneration process, and periodically on request. The Committee approves the overall variable 
remuneration spend each year and performs a detailed review of the remuneration of senior employees outside of the Executive Directors.

This information helps the Committee reach a conclusion on the remuneration policy which they believe is appropriate in light of employee 
remuneration, and represents a consistent approach throughout the Group.

The Group does not specifically invite employees to comment on the Directors’ remuneration policy, but any comments made by employees are 
taken into account. Several employees from Finance, HR and legal were involved in the consideration of this proposed remuneration policy.

Approved and signed on behalf of the Remuneration Committee.

Robin Minter-Kemp
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

71    

The Directors present their report incorporating the Corporate Governance statement on pages 38-39, together with the audited consolidated 
financial statements of River and Mercantile Group PLC (the Company) and its subsidiaries (collectively, the Group) for the year ended 30 June 2017.

The Company is incorporated in England and Wales under registered number 04035248 and with its registered office at 11 Strand, London, 
WC2N 5HR.

Directors
The current Directors are listed with their biographies on pages 36 and 37. The names of those Directors along with names of the persons who, 
at any time during the financial year were Directors, and the date of their appointment to the Board of Directors is set out below.

Director

James Barham
Jack Berry
Paul Bradshaw
Angela Crawford-Ingle
Mike Faulkner
Kevin Hayes
Robin Minter-Kemp
Jonathan Punter
Peter Warry

Date of appointment

27 March 2014
30 June 2009
27 March 2014*
29 May 2014
30 June 2009
15 April 2014
12 May 2014
30 June 2009
01 June 2014

*  Paul Bradshaw passed away on 12 January 2017.

Each of the Directors will stand for re-election on an annual basis.

Management report
For the purposes of Disclosure and 
Transparency Rule 4.1.8, this Directors’ 
report combined with the strategic report 
comprises the management report.

Conflicts of interest
The Companies Act 2006 (the Act) imposes a 
duty on Directors to avoid a situation in 
which  they have or could have a conflict of 
interest or possible conflict with the interests 
of  the  Company.

The Company has adopted a policy relating 
to the handling by the Company of matters 
that represent conflicts of interest or 
possible conflicts of interest involving the 
Directors. The Board will review regularly all 
such matters and the Company’s handling of 
such matters, save that only Directors not 
involved in the conflict or potential conflict 
may participate in any discussions or 
authorisation process.

Dividends
The Directors have proposed a final 
dividend of 6.0p per ordinary share of which 
2.8p is a special dividend relating to net 
performance fees (2016: 2.5p). Payment 
of this dividend is subject to approval 
by shareholders at the Company’s 2017 
Annual General Meeting (AGM) and, if 
approved, will be paid on 15 December 
2017 to shareholders on the register at the 
close of business on 24 November 2017.

Capital structure and related matters
The capital structure of the Company is 
detailed on page 94 of this Report and this 
information is, accordingly, incorporated into 
this report by reference.

There have been no changes in the capital 
structure during the year.

The Company is subject to the UK City Code 
on Takeovers and Mergers.

Each ordinary share in the capital of the 
Company ranks equally in all respects. No 
shareholder holds shares carrying special 
rights relating to the control of the Company. 
However, the Company has entered into 
a relationship agreement with Punter 
Southall Group Limited in connection 
with the exercise of their rights as major 
shareholders in the Company and their 
right to appoint a Director to the Board. 
These agreements are further detailed in 
the Corporate Governance Report in the 
Relationship Agreement section on page 39.

Auditor
BDO LLP, the external auditor of the 
Company, has advised of its willingness to 
continue in office and a resolution to 
reappoint it will be proposed at the 
forthcoming AGM.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

72    

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

Continued

Substantial shareholdings
As at 7 September 2017, the Company had received the notifications of control of 3% or more 
over the Company’s total voting rights and capital in issue as set out below:

Punter Southall Group Limited
Pacific Investments (Sir John Beckwith)
Aberdeen Standard Investments
Aviva Investors
Unicorn Asset Management
Mike Faulkner
Legal & General Investment Management

No. of 
ordinary 
shares

% of total 
issued share 
capital

31,302,321
6,103,656
5,469,988
5,189,949
5,085,771
3,706,823
3,244,611

38.13
7.43
6.66
6.32
6.20
4.52
3.95

Direct/
indirect

Direct
Indirect
Direct
Direct
Direct
Indirect
Direct

Audit information
So far as the Directors are aware, there 
is no relevant audit information of which 
the auditor is unaware. The Directors have 
taken all reasonable steps to ascertain any 
relevant audit information and ensure the 
auditor is aware of such information.

Disclosure of information under Listing 
Rule 9.8.4R
The sections which apply to the Group are:

4 – Details of long-term incentive schemes, 
which can be found in the Directors’ 
remuneration report from page 44.

Internal control and risk management 
systems
Details of the main internal controls and 
risk management systems in relation to the 
financial reporting process can be found in 
the risk management section on page 26.

Directors’ indemnities
The Company’s articles of association 
permit the provision of indemnities to the 
Directors. In accordance with the articles of 
association, qualifying third party indemnity 
provisions (as defined in the Companies 
Act 2006) are in force for the benefit of 
Directors and former Directors who held 
office during the year to 30 June 2017 and 
up to the signing of the Annual Report. In 
addition, during the year the Company has 
maintained liability insurance for Directors.

10,11,14 – Details of a contract of 
significance with a controlling shareholder, 
details for a contract for provision of services 
from a controlling shareholder, compliance 
with the independence provisions under LR 
9.2.2AR. Information on the relationship 
agreement with PSG can be found in the 
corporate governance report on page 38.

12 – Arrangements under which a 
shareholder has agreed to waive dividends. 
The Group’s EBT has agreed to waive 
current and future dividends on the shares 
it holds pursuant to non-dilutive share 
awards made to employees of the Group.

The other sections are not applicable to the 
Group.

Approval of annual report
The corporate governance report, the 
strategic report and the Directors’ 
report were approved by the Board on 
29 September 2017.

The Directors consider that the annual 
report and accounts, taken as a whole 
is fair, balanced and understandable, 
and provides the information necessary 
to assess the Group’s performance, 
business model and strategy.

Going concern
The Directors have concluded that 
there is a reasonable expectation that 
the Group has adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future, and have accordingly 
prepared the Group and parent financial 
statements on a going concern basis. 
Please refer to the viability statement 
on page 32 for further details.

Events after the reporting period
The Directors are not aware of any 
events after the reporting period which 
are not reflected in these financial 
statements but which would have 
a material impact upon them.

Financial instruments
Details of the financial instruments used 
by the Group and the risks associated 
with them (including the financial risk 
management objectives and policies, 
and exposure to price, credit and liquidity 
risk) are set out on pages 96-99 and this 
information is, accordingly, incorporated 
into this report by reference.

Future developments
Details on the likely future developments 
for the Group can be found in the 
Chief Executive’s review on page 8.

Greenhouse gas emissions
Details on the greenhouse gas emissions 
of the Group can be found on page 35.

Annual General Meeting
The AGM will be held at the Group’s 
registered offices, 11 Strand, London 
WC2N 5HR on 8 December 2017, starting 
at 2pm. The Notice of Meeting convening 
the AGM is contained in a separate 
circular to be sent to shareholders. 
The Notice of Meeting also includes a 
commentary on the business of the AGM.

This strategic report has been approved 
and signed on behalf of the Board.

Peter Warry
Acting Chairman
29 September 2017

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

DIRECTORS’  
RESPONSIBILITIES

73    

Directors’ responsibilities pursuant 
to DTR4
The Directors confirm to the best of their 
knowledge:
 – The group financial statements have been 
prepared in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as 
adopted by the European Union and 
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and give a 
true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit and loss of 
the group.

 – The Annual Report includes a fair review 
of the development and performance of 
the business and the financial position of 
the group and the Parent Company, 
together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties that 
they face.

The Directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are 
sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position 
of the Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply with 
the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards 
the group financial statements, Article 
4 of the IAS Regulation. They are also 
responsible for safeguarding the assets 
of the company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities.

Website publication
The Directors are responsible for ensuring 
the annual report and the financial 
statements are made available on a website. 
Financial statements are published on 
the Company’s website in accordance 
with legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination 
of financial statements, which may vary 
from legislation in other jurisdictions. 
The maintenance and integrity of the 
Company’s website is the responsibility of 
the Directors. The Directors’ responsibility 
also extends to the ongoing integrity of the 
financial statements contained therein.

The Directors are responsible for preparing 
the annual report and the financial 
statements in accordance with applicable law 
and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to 
prepare financial statements for each 
financial year. Under that law the Directors 
are required to prepare the group financial 
statements and have elected to prepare 
the Company financial statements in 
accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by 
the European Union. Under company law 
the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that 
they give a true and fair view of the state of 
affairs of the group and company and of the 
profit or loss for the group for that period.

In preparing these financial statements, 
the Directors are required to:

 – select suitable accounting policies and 

then apply them consistently;
 – make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable and 
prudent;

 – state whether they have been prepared in 
accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the 
European Union, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in the 
financial statements;

 – prepare the financial statements on the 

going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
Company will continue in business; and
 – prepare a Director’s report, a strategic 

report and Director’s remuneration report 
which comply with the requirements of 
the Companies Act 2006.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

74    

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE 
MEMBERS OF RIVER AND MERCANTILE GROUP PLC

 – whether the Directors’ statement relating 

to going concern required under the 
Listing Rules in accordance with Listing 
Rule 9.8.6R(3) is materially inconsistent 
with our knowledge obtained in the audit; 
or

 – the Directors’ explanation set out on page 
32 in the annual report as to how they 
have assessed the prospects of the Group, 
over what period they have done so and 
why they consider that period to be 
appropriate, and their statement as to 
whether they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to 
continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the period 
of their assessment, including any related 
disclosures drawing attention to any 
necessary qualifications or assumptions.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, 
in our professional judgment, were of most 
significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and 
include the most significant assessed risks of 
material misstatement (whether or not due 
to fraud) that we identified. These matters 
included those which had the greatest 
effect on: the overall audit strategy, the 
allocation of resources in the audit; and 
directing the efforts of the engagement 
team. These matters were addressed in 
the context of our audit of the financial 
statements as a whole, and in forming our 
opinion thereon, and we do not provide 
a separate opinion on these matters.

Opinion
We have audited the financial statements 
of River and Mercantile Group PLC (the 
‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (the 
‘Group’) for the year ended 30 June 2017 
which comprise the consolidated income 
statement, the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income, the consolidated 
and Parent Company statements of financial 
position, the consolidated and Parent 
Company statement of statements in equity, 
the consolidated and Parent Company cash 
flow statements and the related notes to the 
financial statements, including a summary of 
significant accounting policies. The financial 
reporting framework that has been applied 
in their preparation is applicable law and 
International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union 
and, as regards the Parent Company financial 
statements, as applied in accordance with 
the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion the financial statements:
 – give a true and fair view of the state of the 
Group’s and of the Parent Company’s 
affairs as at 30 June 2017 and of the 
Group’s profit for the year then ended;
 – the Group financial statements have been 
properly prepared in accordance with 
IFRSs as adopted by the European Union;
 – the Parent Company financial statements 

have been properly prepared in 
accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the 
European Union and as applied in 
accordance with the provisions of the 
Companies Act 2006; and

 – the financial statements have been 
prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006; 
and, as regards the group financial 
statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance 
with International Standards on Auditing 
(UK) (ISAs(UK)) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under those standards 
are further described in the Auditor’s 
responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. We are 
independent of the group in accordance 
with the ethical requirements that are 
relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, including the FRC’s 
Ethical Standard as applied to listed 
public interest entities, and we have 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities 
in accordance with these requirements. 
We believe that the audit evidence we 
have obtained is sufficient and appropriate 
to provide a basis for our opinion.

Conclusions relating to principal risks, 
going concern and viability statement
We have nothing to report in respect of the 
following information in the annual report, 
in relation to which the ISAs (UK) require us 
to report to you whether we have anything 
material to add or draw attention to:
 – the disclosures in the annual report set 

out on page 28 that describe the principal 
risks and explain how they are being 
managed or mitigated;

 – the Directors’ confirmation set out on 
page 32 in the annual report that they 
have carried out a robust assessment of 
the principal risks facing the group, 
including those that would threaten its 
business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity;

 – the Directors’ statement set out on page 
82 in the financial statements about 
whether the Directors considered it 
appropriate to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting in preparing the 
financial statements and the Directors’ 
identification of any material 
uncertainties to the group and the 
Parent Company’s ability to continue 
to do so over a period of at least twelve 
months from the date of approval of 
the financial statements;

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

75    

Matter

Audit response

Revenue recognition
The Group’s revenue is made up of distinct 
components, primarily management fees, 
performance fees and advisory fees.
Revenue recognition is considered to be a 
significant audit risk as it is a key driver of return to 
investors and there is judgement over the accrual or 
deferral of revenue, the treatment of performance 
measures and the point at which it is probable that 
the revenue will be realised.

Impairment of goodwill and intangibles and 
related disclosures
Included in the statement of financial position of the 
Group is goodwill arising on business combinations 
of £14.9m and intangible assets acquired of £22.3m.
The impairment review of goodwill and other 
intangible assets is considered to be a significant 
audit risk due to the judgements made in 
determining whether there is an indication of 
impairment in respect of the intangible assets. 
These judgements are made in respect of the 
underlying assumptions used to calculate the 
value in use considered in the impairment review 
of goodwill, and include revenue growth rates, 
ongoing expenses such as the remuneration ratio, 
and the discount factor applied to present value the 
balances.

Remuneration incentive schemes and 
related disclosures
The Group has a number of performance share 
plans in place. There is significant subjectivity and 
judgement involved in respect of the estimates 
inherent in the valuation of the schemes and the 
calculation of the relevant charges and associated 
deferred tax and accruals for national insurance 
costs, including the expectation of the number of 
shares expected to vest.
The accounting and disclosure requirements involve 
a high degree of complexity and there is a risk that 
the schemes are not adequately reflected and 
disclosed in the financial statements.

Recognition and disclosure of provisions and 
contingent liabilities
As disclosed in note 24 to the financial statements, 
the Group’s subsidiary RAMAM is co-operating with 
an investigation by the FCA under its concurrent 
competition powers relating to the participation of 
RAMAM in two transactions.

The need for recognition of any provision or 
disclosure of contingent liability resulting from 
the investigation was considered to be an audit 
risk due to the significant judgement involved in 
determining the appropriate treatment.

We responded to this risk by performing the following procedures:
 – We recalculated a sample of management fees recognised in the year based on AUM/NUM 

information derived from ‘information prepared by the entity’ (IPE) and rates prevalent in the 
respective investment management agreement. We traced the sample through to invoice and 
subsequent cash receipt, or to debtors and accrued income where relevant. Our sample also 
included items included within accrued income.

 – We tested the IPE showing the AUM and NUM driving the management fee calculation, and 

agreed a sample to custodian statements and Bloomberg valuations.

 – We tested the IPE showing the AUM and NUM driving the management fee calculation, and 

agreed a sample to custodian statements and Bloomberg valuations.

 – We recalculated performance fees due in respect of a sample of contracts and tested the 
appropriateness of the deferral of performance fees in accordance with the terms of the 
contract, the accounting policy and IAS 18.

 – We developed expectations of contracts that would give rise to a performance fee by 

considering underlying performance against the terms of the contract.

 – We vouched a sample of advisory fees to invoice and bank receipt, including a sample of 

accrued advisory fees to subsequent invoice and receipt.

 – We considered the completeness of advisory fee income by reviewing a sample of post year 

end invoices raised for evidence of advisory projects relating to the year.

We responded to this risk by performing the following procedures:
 – We reviewed management’s assessment of whether any indications of impairment existed 

in respect of the definite-life intangible assets and challenged this assessment in light of our 
knowledge of the Group and consideration of forecasts prepared by management.
 – We reviewed the value-in-use model prepared by management in order to calculate the 
recoverable amount of the relevant cash-generating units (‘CGU’). We re-performed the 
calculation of the recoverable amount. We challenged the key assumptions applied by 
management, including revenue growth forecasts, ongoing expenses and the discount factor 
applied. This involved understanding the basis for management’s assumptions and vouching 
these to available evidence and consultation with BDO valuations specialists to determine 
whether the discount factor represented an appropriate WACC for the Group.

 – We have considered the consistency of forecasts to those which have been examined as part 
of the going concern review and have looked at the accuracy of previous forecasts compared 
with actual performance and calculated the impact of sensitising key assumptions including 
the discount rate applied on the recoverable amount of the CGU.

 – We considered the adequacy of disclosures in the financial statements regarding the 

assessment performed by management in line with the requirements of IAS 38 and IAS 36.

We responded to this risk by performing the following procedures:
 – We recalculated the charge for the year, as well as the deferred tax arising on the performance 

shares allocated.

 – We recalculated the fair value of PSP awards in 2017 using a Black-Scholes model.
 – We challenged management’s assumptions regarding the expectation of the number of 
shares expected to vest by reviewing movements in the total shareholder return hurdles 
and reviewing available external evidence and we recalculated the impact on the accrual of 
national insurance costs.

 – We have considered the dilutive effect of the share plans and have considered whether 

relevant hurdles have been met in order to have a dilutive impact on earnings per share. We 
have recalculated the dilutive impact and have considered the adequacy of disclosures within 
the financial statements.

 – We reviewed the disclosures required by IFRS 2 in respect of the share based payments.

We responded to this risk by performing the following procedures:
 – We reviewed correspondence with the FCA regarding the investigation to understand the 

basis for the investigation.

 – We reviewed correspondence and advice received from the Group’s legal advisers concerning 
the investigation and attended meetings at which the Group’s legal advisers presented to 
those charged with governance.

 – We reviewed and challenged management’s assessment of the potential outcome of 
the investigation and consequent disclosure in the financial statements based on our 
understanding of the investigation, the outcome of the internal investigation overseen by the 
Audit and Risk Committee and correspondence and advice received by the Group.

 – We considered the adequacy of disclosures in the financial statements in the context of the 

requirements of IAS 37.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE  
MEMBERS OF RIVER AND MERCANTILE GROUP PLC

Continued

76    

In this context, we also have nothing to 
report in regard to our responsibility to 
specifically address the following items 
in the other information and to report as 
uncorrected material misstatements of the 
other information where we conclude that 
those items meet the following conditions:
 – Fair, balanced and understandable set out 
on page 72 – the statement given by the 
Directors that they consider the annual 
report and financial statements taken as 
a whole is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to 
assess the group’s performance, business 
model and strategy, is materially 
inconsistent with our knowledge obtained 
in the audit; or

 – Audit Committee reporting set out on 

page 42 – the section describing the work 
of the Audit Committee does not 
appropriately address matters 
communicated by us to the Audit 
Committee; or

 – Directors’ statement of compliance with 
the UK Corporate Governance Code set 
out on page 38 – the parts of the 
Directors’ statement required under the 
Listing Rules relating to the company’s 
compliance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code containing provisions 
specified for review by the auditor in 
accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.10R(2) 
do not properly disclose a departure from 
a relevant provision of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code.

Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality 
both in planning and performing our 
audit, and in evaluating the effect of 
misstatements. For planning, we consider 
materiality to be the magnitude by which 
misstatements, including omissions, 
could influence the economic decisions 
of reasonable users that are taken on 
the basis of the financial statements.

The materiality for the group financial 
statements as a whole was set at £540,000. 
This was determined with reference to 
a benchmark of 5% of profit before tax 
adjusted for exceptional performance fees. 
We used this benchmark as we consider this 
to be one of the principal considerations for 
members of the company in assessing the 
financial performance of the group. In the 
prior year, our materiality was determined 
with reference to a benchmark of 1% of 
revenue as the Group was only in its second 
full year following initial listing. However 
we consider an adjusted profit before tax 
benchmark to be a more relevant indicator 
of financial performance in the longer term.

Performance materiality was set at 60% of 
the above materiality levels.

Materiality levels are not significantly 
different from those applied in the 
previous year.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we 
would report to the committee all individual 
audit differences in excess of £11,000. We 
also agreed to report differences below 
this threshold that, in our view, warranted 
reporting on qualitative grounds.

An overview of the scope of our audit
Our audit approach was developed by 
obtaining an understanding of the Group’s 
activities, the key functions undertaken 
by the Board and the overall control 
environment. Based on this understanding 
we assessed those aspects of the Group’s 
transactions and balances which were most 
likely to give rise to a material misstatement.

In order to gain appropriate audit coverage 
of the risks described above and of 
each individually significant reporting 
component, full scope audits of all 
significant components were performed 
by the group audit team. In respect of 
the non-significant components based in 
the US, which contribute 4% of group net 
assets, the group audit team performed 
certain audit procedures over the financial 
information relevant to the consolidated 
financial statements. These procedures 
were performed to an appropriate level of 
materiality having regard to the level of 
group materiality described below as well as 
aggregation risk. All significant components 
of the group have coterminous year ends, 
with the exception of River & Mercantile 
Asset Management LLP, which has a year 
end of 31 March. A full scope audit was 
performed by the group audit team for the 
year ended 31 March 2017 and additional 
audit procedures were performed to cover 
the three month period to 30 June 2017, as 
well as the correct allocation of financial 
information to the Group’s reporting period.

Other information
The Directors are responsible for the other 
information. Our opinion on the financial 
statements does not cover the other 
information and, except to the extent 
otherwise explicitly stated in our report, 
we do not express any form of assurance 
conclusion thereon. In connection with 
our audit of the financial statements, our 
responsibility is to read the other information 
and, in doing so, consider whether the other 
information is materially inconsistent with 
the financial statements or our knowledge 
obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated. If we identify such 
material inconsistencies or apparent material 
misstatements, we are required to determine 
whether there is a material misstatement 
in the financial statements or a material 
misstatement of the other information. 
If, based on the work we have performed, 
we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of the other information; 
we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Opinions on other matters prescribed by 
the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ 
remuneration report to be audited has 
been properly prepared in accordance 
with the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work 
undertaken in the course of the audit:
 – the information given in the strategic 

report and the Directors’ report for the 
financial year for which the financial 
statements are prepared is consistent 
with the financial statements and those 
reports have been prepared in accordance 
with applicable legal requirements.

Matters on which we are required 
to report by exception.

In the light of the knowledge and 
understanding of the group and the parent 
company and its environment obtained 
in the course of the audit, we have not 
identified material misstatements in:
 – the strategic report or the Directors’ report.

We have nothing to report in respect 
of the following matters in relation to 
which the Companies Act 2006 requires 
us to report to you if, in our opinion:
 – adequate accounting records have not 
been kept by the Parent Company, or 
returns adequate for our audit have not 
been received from branches not visited 
by us; or

 – the Parent Company financial statements 

and the part of the Directors’ 
remuneration report to be audited are not 
in agreement with the accounting records 
and returns; or

 – certain disclosures of Directors’ 

remuneration specified by law are not 
made; or

 – we have not received all the information 
and explanations we require for our audit.

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ 
responsibilities statement set out on page 
73, the Directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements 
and for being satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view, and for such internal control 
as the directors determine is necessary 
to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the 
Directors are responsible for assessing the 
Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, disclosing, 
as applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern basis 
of accounting unless the Directors either 
intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent 
Company or to cease operations, or have 
no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements
This report is made solely to the company’s 
members, as a body, in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken 
so that we might state to the Company’s 
members those matters we are required 
to state to them in an auditor’s report and 
for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or 
assume responsibility to anyone other than 
the Company and the Company’s members 
as a body, for our audit work, for this report, 
or for the opinions we have formed.

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether the financial 
statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s 
report that includes our opinion. Reasonable 
assurance is a high level of assurance, but 
is not a guarantee that an audit conducted 
in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always 
detect a material misstatement when 
it exists. Misstatements can arise from 
fraud or error and are considered material 
if, individually or in the aggregate, they 
could reasonably be expected to influence 
the economic decisions of users taken on 
the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities 
for the audit of the financial statements 
is located on the Financial Reporting 
Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description 
forms part of our auditor’s report.

77    

Other matters which we are required 
to address
Following the recommendation of the 
Audit Committee, we were appointed 
by the Board of Directors to audit the 
financial statements for the year ending 
30 June 2014 and subsequent financial 
periods. We were reappointed as auditors 
in respect of the year ended 30 June 2017 
by the members of the Company at the 
Annual General Meeting on 9 December 
2016. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement is 4 years, covering the years 
ending 30 June 2014 to 30 June 2017.

We consider that the audit procedures we 
have undertaken in accordance with ISAs 
(UK) have provided us with reasonable 
assurance that irregularities, including 
fraud, would have been detected to the 
extent that they could have resulted in 
material misstatements in the financial 
statements. Our audit was not designed to 
identify misstatement or other irregularities 
that would not be considered to be 
material to the financial statements.

The non-audit services prohibited by the 
FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided 
to the group or the Parent Company 
in the current year and we remain 
independent of the group and the Parent 
Company in conducting our audit.

Our audit opinion is consistent with the 
additional report to the Audit Committee.

Leigh Treacy 
Senior Statutory Auditor

For and on behalf of 
BDO LLP
Statutory Auditor
London
29 September 2017

BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership 
registered in England and Wales (with 
registered number OC305127).

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

CONSOLIDATED 
INCOME STATEMENT

78    

Revenue
Net management fees
Net advisory fees
Performance fees
Other income

Total revenue

Administrative expenses
Depreciation
Amortisation

Total operating expenses

Remuneration and benefits
Fixed remuneration and benefits
Variable remuneration

Total remuneration and benefits
EPSP costs

Total remuneration and benefits including EPSP

Total expenses

Gain on disposal of available-for-sale assets

Profit before interest and tax
Finance income
Finance expense

Profit before tax

Tax charge/(credit)
Current tax 
Deferred tax 

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the Parent

Earnings per share:
Basic (pence)
Diluted (pence)

Note

3

5
8,19
8,9

6
7

16

10

11

12

Year ended  
30 June 
2017 
£’000

Year ended  
30 June 
2016 
£’000

45,371 
10,522 
12,549 
– 

68,442 

11,562
116
4,330

16,008

20,114
15,201

35,315
1,566

36,881

52,889

793

16,346
46
(3)

16,389

36,764
8,905
1,526
2

47,197

9,790
103
4,330

14,223

18,423
7,111

25,534
283

25,817

40,040

–

7,157
81
(2)

7,236

4,877
(1,844)

2,411
(1,040)

13,356

5,865

16.45
15.48

7.15
7.15

The notes to the consolidated financial statements form part of and should be read in conjunction with these financial statements.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT 
OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Profit for the year
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss:
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Change in value of available-for-sale investments
Tax on change in value of available-for-sale investments
Gain on disposal of available-for-sale investments
Tax on gain on disposal of available-for-sale investments

Year ended  
30 June 
2017 
£’000

Year ended  
30 June 
2016 
£’000

13,356

5,865

66
445
(90)
(793)
159

320
195
(39)
–
–

Note

16
11
16
11

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners of the Parent

13,143

6,341

The notes to the consolidated financial statements form part of and should be read in conjunction with these financial statements.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT 
OF FINANCIAL POSITION

Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Investment management balances
Available-for-sale investments
Fee receivables
Other receivables
Deferred tax asset
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets

Total assets

Liabilities
Investment management balances
Current tax liabilities
Trade and other payables
Deferred tax liability

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Share premium
Other reserves
Own shares held by EBT
Retained earnings

Equity attributable to owners of the Parent

30 June
2017 
£’000

30 June
2016 
£’000

Note

79    

14
15
16
17
18
11
19
9

15

20
11

21

22
21

30,759 
62,138 
12 
5,619 
14,898 
3,421 
263 
37,353 

154,463 

60,317 
3,111 
18,699 
3,969 

14,147
15,448
5,350
6,488
10,766
609
377
41,552

94,737

14,655
1,168
9,831
5,347

86,096 

31,001

68,367

63,736

246 
14,688 
49,340
(4,766)
8,859

246
14,688
49,553
(1,283)
532

68,367

63,736

The notes to the consolidated financial statements form part of and should be read in conjunction with these financial statements.

The financial statements were approved by the Board and authorised for issue on 29 September 2017.

Mike Faulkner 
Chief Executive 

Kevin Hayes
Chief Financial Officer

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

80    

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT 
OF CASH FLOWS

Cash flow from operating activities
Profit before interest and tax

Adjustments for:
Amortisation of intangible assets
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Share-based payment expense
Gain on disposal of available-for-sale investments

Operating cash flow before movement in working capital
Increase in operating assets
Increase in operating liabilities

Cash generated from operations
Tax paid
Disposal of assets held at fair value through profit and loss 

Net cash generated from operations

Cash flow from investing activities
Purchase of intangible assets
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Interest received
Investment in available-for-sale investments
Proceeds from disposal of available-for-sale investments

Net cash generated from/(used) in investing activities

Cash flow from financing activities
Interest paid
Dividends paid
Purchase of own shares 

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Year ended  
30 June 
2017 
£’000

Year ended  
30 June 
2016 
£’000

Note

16,346

7,157

9
19
7

9
19

16
16

10
13
21

14

4,330
116
2,039
(793)

22,038
(49,952)
54,533

26,619
(2,934)
–

23,685

(79)
(2)
15
(10)
5,793

5,717

4,330
103
768
(4)

12,354
(9,417)
4,547

7,484
(2,798)
134

4,820

–
(267)
41
–
–

(226)

–
(9,345)
(3,483)

(2)
(9,851)
(945)

(12,828)

(10,798)

16,574

(6,204)

14,147
38

30,759

20,227
124

14,147

The notes to the consolidated financial statements form part of and should be read in conjunction with these financial statements.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT 
OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Share 
Capital 
£’000

Share 
Premium 
£’000

Available-for-
sale reserve 
£’000

Foreign 
exchange 
reserve 
£’000

Merger 
reserve 
£’000

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£’000

Capital 
contribution 
£’000

Own shares 
held by EBT 
£’000

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

Total 
£’000

81    

Balance as at 
30 June 2015

Comprehensive income 

for the year:
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive 

income

Deferred tax credit 

on available-for-sale 
investments

Total comprehensive 
income for the year

Transactions with 

owners:
Dividends
Share-based payment 

expense

Deferred tax credit on 

share-based payment 
expense 

Purchase of own shares 

by EBT

Total transactions with 

owners:
Balance as at 
30 June 2016

Comprehensive income 

for the year:
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive 

income

Deferred tax credit 

on available-for-sale 
investments

Total comprehensive 
income for the year

Transactions with 

owners:
Dividends
Share-based payment 

expense

Deferred tax credit on 

share-based payment 
expense 

Purchase of own shares 

by EBT

Total transactions with 

owners:

Balance as at 
30 June 2017

246

14,688

124

(6)

44,433

84

4,442

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

195

–

320

(39)

–

156

320

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3,843

67,854

5,865

5,865

–

–

515

(39)

5,865

6,341

(9,851)

(9,851)

768

768

(93)

(93)

(1,283)

–

(1,283)

(1,283)

(9,176)

(10,459)

246

14,688

280

314

44,433

84

4,442

(1,283)

532

63,736

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

246

14,688

–

(189)

(90)

(279)

–

–

–

–

–

1

–

66

–

66

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

13,356

13,356

–

(123)

(90)

13,356

13,143

(9,345)

(9,345) 

2,039

2,039

2,277

2,277

(3,483)

–

(3,483)

(3,483)

(5,029)

(8,512)

380

44,433

84

4,442

(4,766)

8,859

68,367

The notes to the consolidated financial statements form part of and should be read in conjunction with these financial statements.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

82    

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, International 
Accounting Standards, International Financial Reporting Interpretation Committee interpretations, and with those parts of the 2006 Act 
applicable to groups reporting under IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and adopted by the European Union 
(‘IFRS’) that are relevant to the Group’s operations and effective for accounting periods beginning on 1 July 2016.

Going concern
The Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group and Company have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for 
the foreseeable future.

In reaching this conclusion the Board has considered budgeted and projected results of the business including a 2018 budget and three-year 
forecast for the Group with several scenarios, projected cash flow and regulatory capital requirements, and the risks that could impact on the 
Group’s liquidity and solvency over the next 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements. Additionally, the capital adequacy 
of the Group in base and stress scenarios is tested as part of the ICAAP and viability statement process.

Accordingly, the Group and Company financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis using the historical cost convention, 
except for the measurement at fair value of certain financial instruments that are held at fair value.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the Company and the entities it controls (its subsidiaries). Subsidiaries are considered to be 
controlled where the Group has exposure to variable returns from the subsidiary, the power to affect those variable returns and power over the 
subsidiary itself. Control is reassessed whenever facts and circumstances indicate that there may be a change in any of these elements of control.

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date that the Group gains control, and de-consolidated from the date that control is lost.

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the results of business combinations using the acquisition method. In the statement of 
financial position, the subsidiaries’ identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are initially recognised at their fair values at the 
acquisition date. The results of acquired operations are included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income from the date on 
which control is obtained. The consolidated financial statements are based on the financial statements of the individual companies drawn up 
using the standard Group accounting policies. Accounting policies applied by individual subsidiaries have been revised where necessary to 
ensure consistency with Group policies for consolidation purposes.

All transactions and balances between entities within the Group have been eliminated in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

The Employee Benefit Trust is included in the consolidated financial statements of the Group. The trust purchases shares pursuant to the 
non-dilutive equity awards granted to employees. These purchases and the operating costs of the trust are funded by the Company. The trust is 
controlled by independent trustees and its assets are held separately from those of the Group.

The consolidated statement of financial position has been presented on the basis of the liquidity of assets and liabilities.

The Group’s relationship with fund entities
The Group entities act as the investment managers to funds and segregated managed accounts, and RAMAM is the Authorised Corporate 
Director (ACD) of River and Mercantile Funds ICVC (collectively ‘Investment Management Entities’ (IMEs)).

Considering all significant aspects of the Group’s relationship with the IMEs, the Directors are of the opinion that although the Group manages 
the investment resources of the IMEs, the existence of: termination provisions in the Investment Management Agreements (IMAs) which allow 
for the removal of the Group as the investment manager; the influence exercised by investors in the control of their IME and the arm’s length 
nature of the Group’s contracts with the IME; and independent Boards of Directors of the IME, the Group does not control the IME and therefore 
the assets, liabilities and net profit are not consolidated into the Group’s financial statements.

Foreign currencies
The majority of revenues, assets, liabilities and funding are denominated in UK Pounds sterling (GBP/£), and therefore the presentation 
currency of the Group is GBP. All entities within the Group have a functional currency of GBP, except for those based in the US.

Monetary items which are denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates prevailing at the reporting date. Non-monetary items 
are measured at the rates prevailing on the date of the transaction and are not subsequently re-translated.

The functional currency of the US-based entities is US Dollars and is translated into the presentational currency as follows:
 – Assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate at the date of the respective statement of financial position;
 – Income and expenses are translated at the daily exchange rate for the date on which they are incurred; and
 – All resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and 
translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

83    

2. Significant accounting policies and significant judgements and estimates
As detailed in note 1, these financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS. The significant accounting policies of the Group which 
impact these financial statements are:
 – Impairment of intangible assets, goodwill and investments recorded in previous acquisitions. This involves judgements including business 

growth and estimates including discount rates, which are described in note 9;

 – Recognition of management and performance fee revenues. This involves estimates of AUM/NUM positions for the purposes of accruing 

revenue, which are described in note 3;

 – Provisions, which are recognised when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that the Group will be 
required to settle that obligation. Determining whether provisions are required and at what level, requires both judgement and estimates;

 – The accounting for share-based remuneration. This involves estimates of future share prices for national insurance cost and judgements 

relating to forfeiture rates and business outcomes, which are described in note 7.

3. Revenue
Net management fees
Net management fees represent the fees charged pursuant to an IMA with clients. They are reported net of rebates to clients and commissions 
paid to third parties and are charged as a percentage of the client’s Assets under Management (AUM) or Notional under Management (NUM). 
The fees are generally accrued on a daily basis and charged to the client either monthly or quarterly. During the year ended 30 June 2017, 
rebates and commissions totalling £2,094,000 (2016: £1,971,000) were paid to clients and third parties in respect of management fees.

Net advisory fees
Net advisory fees represent fees charged under Investment Advisory Agreements (IAA) and are typically charged on a fixed retainer fee basis 
or through a fee for the delivery of a defined project. Advisory revenue is reported net of revenue share arrangements with other advisory 
partners. During the year ended 30 June 2017, £Nil was paid to (2016: £68,000 was reclaimed from) a subsidiary of PSG (see related party 
note 25) and £Nil was paid to (2016: £2,000 was reclaimed from) a third party, under revenue sharing arrangements relating to Palisades, which 
was part of the Group’s US business and was disposed of in the prior year. Fees are accrued monthly and charged when the work has been completed.

Performance fees
Performance fees are fees paid under the IMAs for generating excess investment performance either on an absolute basis subject to a high 
water mark, or relative to a benchmark. Performance fees are calculated as a percentage of the investment performance generated and may be 
subject to deferral and continued performance objectives in future periods. Performance fees are recognised in income when the quantum of 
the fee can be estimated reliably and it is probable that the fee will be realised. This occurs once the end of the performance period has been 
reached. The client is invoiced for the performance fee at the end of the performance period which is generally annually, either on the 
anniversary of their IMA or on a calendar year basis.

Other income
Other income in the prior year included the realised gains and fair value movements relating to fund units held by the ACD (note 26).

4. Divisional and geographical reporting
The business operates through four divisions, however these are not considered as segments for the purposes of IFRS 8 on the basis that 
resource allocation decisions are not made on the basis of segmental reporting and results are not analysed to a profit level. Despite this, the 
Directors feel that it is useful to the understanding of the results of operations to include certain information.

The net revenue for the year ended 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2016 together with the year-end AUM and NUM, reflect the activities of the 
respective divisions.

Net management and advisory fees
Fiduciary Management division
Derivative Solutions division
Equity Solutions division
Advisory division

Total 

Year ended 
30 June 2017

Year ended 
30 June 2016

Net revenue 
£’000

Fee earning 
AUM/NUM 
£m

Net revenue 
£’000

Fee earning 
AUM/NUM 
£m

17,677
10,883
16,811
10,522

55,893

10,528
16,888
3,633
N/A

31,049

13,871
9,481
13,412
8,905

45,669

9,287
13,903
2,358
N/A

25,548

In addition, performance fees of £6.6m (2016: £1.2m) were earned by the Fiduciary Management division and £6.0m (2016: £0.3m) earned by 
the Equity Solutions division.

No single client accounts for more than 10% of the revenue of the Group (2016: none).

On a geographic basis the majority of the revenues are earned in the UK. The Group has an advisory, derivatives and fiduciary management 
business in the US and net revenue earned in the US for the year ended 30 June 2017 was £4.8m (2016: £4.2m). The AUM/NUM of the US 
business was £630m (2016: £648m).

Non-current assets held by the US business include £1.5m (2016: £1.4m) of goodwill.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Continued

84    

5. Administrative expenses

Marketing
Travel and entertainment
Office facilities
Technology and communications
Professional fees
Governance expenses
Fund administration
Other costs

Total administrative expenses (recurring)
IT migration expenses

Total administrative expenses

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
£’000

Year ended
30 June
2016 
£’000

839 
498 
2,192 
3,720 
1,027 
413 
481 
1,250 

10,420
1,142

11,562

825
467
1,822
2,692
1,266
706
612
1,400

9,790
–

9,790

Included in other costs is the cost of insurance of £234,000 (2016: £345,000), staff training and recruitment of £217,000 (2016: £447,000) 
irrecoverable VAT of £226,000 (2016: £281,000), and bad and doubtful debt expense of £305,000 (2016: £24,000).

Administrative expenses include the remuneration of the external auditors for the following services:

Audit of the Company’s annual accounts
Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries
Audit related assurance services
Tax compliance services

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
£’000

Year ended
30 June
2016 
£’000

95
80
55
19

249

108
82
46
18

254

The tax compliance remuneration relates to services provided in respect of the period to 30 June 2016. Tax compliance services are no longer 
provided by the Group’s auditor.

6. Remuneration and benefits
Fixed remuneration represents contractual base salaries, RAMAM LLP member drawings and employee benefits. The Group operates a defined 
contribution plan under which the Group pays contributions to a third party.

Variable remuneration relates to discretionary bonuses, variable profit share paid to the members of RAMAM LLP and associated payroll taxes.

Variable remuneration also includes a charge of £1,515,000 (2016: £316,000) relating to the amortisation of the Group’s non-dilutive share 
awards and £409,000 (2016: £52,000) of associated social security costs.

The average number of employees (including Directors) employed was:
Advisory division
Fiduciary Management division
Derivative Solutions division
Equity Solutions division
Distribution
Corporate

Total average headcount

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
No.

Year ended
30 June
2016 
No.

68
55
24
20
12
29

63
51
22
16
13
29

208

194

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

The aggregate remuneration of employees (including Directors) comprised:
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs (defined contribution)
Share-based payment expense

Total remuneration and benefits (excluding EPSP)

Fixed remuneration
Variable remuneration

EPSP costs:
Share-based payment expense
Social security costs

Total EPSP costs

85    

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
£’000

Year ended
30 June
2016 
£’000

Note

29,788
3,326
686
1,515

35,315

20,114
15,201

35,315

452
1,114

1,566

22,298
2,276
644
316

25,534

18,423
7,111

25,534

452
(169)

283

7

7
7

Directors’ remuneration
The aggregate remuneration and fees payable to Executive and Non-Executive Directors for the year ended 30 June 2017 was £3,568,000 (2016: 
£2,582,000). Fees payable for the year ended 30 June 2017 to Directors of PSG and Pacific Investments totalled £43,000 and £Nil (2016: £49,000 
and £16,000) respectively.

The remuneration of the Executive Directors (which includes the highest paid Director) is included in the remuneration report on page 44.

Key management remuneration
Key management includes the Executive and Non-Executive Directors, and Executive Committee members. The remuneration paid or payable 
to key management for employee services is shown below:

Short-term employee benefits
Post employment benefits
Share-based payment expense

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
£’000

Year ended
30 June
2016 
£’000

9,069
111
1,586

10,766

6,014
92
600

6,706

Details of share awards granted to Executive Directors for future performance periods are included in the remuneration report on page 44.

7. Share-based payments
Where share options are awarded to employees, the fair value of the options at the date of grant is charged to the consolidated income 
statement over the vesting period. Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of equity instruments 
expected to vest at each year end date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount recognised over the vesting period is based on the number 
of options that eventually vest. Market vesting conditions are factored into the fair value of the options granted. As long as all other vesting 
conditions are satisfied, a charge is made irrespective of whether the market vesting conditions are satisfied. The cumulative expense is not 
adjusted for failure to achieve a market vesting condition.

Where the terms and conditions of options are modified before they vest, the change in the fair value of the options, measured immediately 
before and after the modifications, is recognised in the consolidated income statement over the remaining vesting period.

Executive Performance Share Plan
Prior to Group’s admission to the London Stock Exchange (‘admission’) on 26 June 2014, the Board of Directors established the Executive 
Performance Share Plan (EPSP) to grant the Executive Directors performance share awards. At the date of admission two classes of 
performance share awards were made: Performance Condition A awards and Performance Condition B awards. The Company granted 
4,843,626 performance shares under Performance Condition A awards and 2,462,860 performance shares under Performance Condition B 
awards. The exercise price for the EPSP share awards is £0.003. These all remain outstanding as at 30 June 2017.

The vesting of Performance Condition A awards is conditional upon achieving a total shareholder return (TSR) of at least 12% compounded over 
the four-year performance period ending 30 June 2018. Vesting starts at 12% compound annual TSR and 100% vests at 24% compound annual 
TSR over the four-year period. Vesting will be pro-rated on a straight-line basis between 12% and 24%.

The vesting of Performance Condition B awards is conditional on achieving a TSR of at least 25% compounded over the four-year performance 
period ending 30 June 2018. Vesting starts at 25% compound annual TSR and 100% vests at 30% compound annual TSR over the four-year 
period. Vesting will be pro-rated on a straight-line basis between 25% and 30%.

Performance Condition A and B awards are not eligible for dividends during the vesting period.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Continued

86    

7. Share-based payments continued
Any shares which vest are subject to a holding period of 12 months following the vesting date. Shares which do not vest will be forfeited. 
The awards are also subject to the participant’s continued employment by the Group during the vesting and holding period or, if employment 
ceases, being classified as a good leaver at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. As at 30 June 2017, no shares had been granted, 
forfeited, exercised, expired or vested under either the A or B awards (2016: none).

The fair value of the Performance shares was determined by an independent valuation undertaken by Ernst & Young LLP on behalf of the 
Remuneration Committee. This fair value was based on a Monte Carlo simulation of possible outcomes based on the returns and volatility 
characteristics of comparable publicly listed investment management businesses in the FTSE.

The key assumptions used in the valuation were: a mean expected TSR growth rate in line with the risk free rate (1.72%), a TSR volatility derived 
from the TSR volatilities of listed comparable companies of 30%, and a dividend yield of 4.5%.

The fair value of the Performance Condition A awards is 38p per share and the fair value of the Performance Condition B awards is 17p per share. 
The total fair value of Performance Condition A and B awards is estimated at £1.8m and £0.4m respectively. The fair value is amortised into 
EPSP costs over the vesting period and a charge of £452,000 was recognised for the year ended 30 June 2017 (2016: £452,000), which is treated 
as a non-cash adjusting item. The weighted average contractual remaining life of the A and B awards as at 30 June 2017 is one year.

The Directors expect that any shares that vest will be subject to applicable employers national insurance at the end of the holding period. An 
accrual for this cost has been calculated based on the current rate of national insurance, the number of the shares that the Directors expect to 
vest and the share price at the reporting date. The movement in the accrual in the year ended 30 June 2017 was a charge of £1,114,000 (2016: 
credit £169,000) and is included in the share-based payment expense. This figure assumes that 100% (2016: 43%) of the Performance Condition 
A awards will vest, which is an estimate subject to uncertainty.

Performance Share Plan
The Group’s Performance Share Plan and Deferred Equity Plan (collectively PSP) allows for the grant of: nil cost options, contingent share 
awards or forfeitable share awards.

The Directors have stated an intention that vested performance share awards under the PSP would not be dilutive to shareholders, as the shares 
will be purchased by the Employee Benefit Trust.

The charge recognised in remuneration expense in respect of PSP awards in the year ended 30 June 2017 is £1,515,000 (2016: £316,000). 
Additionally, an accrual of £361,000 (2016: £52,000) for national insurance on vesting has been established.

2015 awards
The Directors granted awards to staff in respect of the year ended 30 June 2015. The awards totalled £1,070,000 and were converted into a 
number of shares subject to award based upon the share price following the announcement of the Group’s results for the year.

The awards vest on 30 June 2017 or 30 June 2018, depending on the specific award. These awards are in respect of employee services during the 
year ended 30 June 2015 and in future periods.

The awards contain a combination of performance measures, including: continued employment; future sales targets; Group TSR; and divisional 
revenue and AUM/NUM.

The fair value of the awards has been estimated using a combination of Monte Carlo simulation and Black-Scholes modelling.

2016 awards
The Directors granted awards to staff in respect of the year ended 30 June 2016. These awards totalled £354,000 and were converted into a 
number of shares subject to award based upon the share price following the announcement of the Group’s results for the year.

The awards vest on 30 June 2017, 30 June 2018 or 30 June 2019. These awards are in respect of employee services during the year ended 30 June 
2016 and in future periods.

In addition, approximately 1.2m shares were awarded to staff and Executive Directors for future periods. These awards are in respect of 
employee services during the year ended 30 June 2017 and in future periods.

The awards contain a combination of performance measures, including: continued employment; Group TSR; achieving strategic priorities and 
divisional revenue and AUM/NUM.

The fair value of the awards has been estimated using a combination of Monte Carlo simulation and Black-Scholes modelling.

2017 awards
The Directors granted awards to Executive Directors and employees in respect of the year ended 30 June 2017. These awards total £1,533,000 
and will be converted into a number of shares subject to award based upon the share price following the announcement of the Group’s results 
for the year.

The awards vest on 30 June 2018, 30 June 2019 or 30 June 2020. These awards are in respect of employee services during the year ended 30 June 
2017 and in future periods. Therefore the accounting charge in respect of the awards is recognised in part in the year ended 30 June 2017.

In addition, approximately 272,000 shares were awarded to employees for future periods and are therefore not recognised in the current year. 
The awards contain a combination of performance measures, including: continued employment; Group TSR; achieving strategic priorities and 
divisional revenue.

The fair value of the awards has been estimated using a combination of Monte Carlo simulation and Black-Scholes modelling. For the purposes 
of these financial statements the figures have been estimated using the share price as at 9 August 2017, being £3.35.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

87    

The key inputs used in determining the fair value of the PSP awards are:

Financial year of award
Grant date award value £
Grant date share price £

2015
619,735
2.22

2015
375,000
2.22

2015
47,665
2.22

2016
365,825
2.21

2016
1,971,154
2.21

2016
685,000
2.21

2017
576,821
3.35

2017
956,000
3.35

Share plan 1

Share plan 2

Share plan 3

Share plan 4

Share plan 5

Share plan 6

Share Plan 7

Share plan 8

Number of shares:
Number of shares outstanding at 

30 June 2015

279,160

168,919

21,471

–

Number of shares granted during 

the year

Number of shares forfeited in 

the year

Number of shares exercised during 

the year

Number of shares outstanding at 

–

(33,692)

–

–

–

–

–

165,525

(4,955)

–

–

–

30 June 2016

245,468

168,919

16,516

165,525

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Number of shares granted during 

the year

Number of shares forfeited during 

the year

Number of shares exercised during 

the year

Number of shares outstanding at 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

891,889

309,943

256,365

424,889

(18,099)

(30,189)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

30 June 2017

245,468

168,919

16,516

165,860

861,700

309,943

256,365

424,889

Fair value assumptions:
Exercise price
Risk free rate
Share price volatility
Dividend yield

Key terms:
Vesting period

Weighted average remaining 

contractual life

12% compounded TSR Hurdle over 

vesting period

Continued employment required 

(subject to good leaver provisions)

Other key terms

Vesting profile per individual

Grant date fair value per share 

(pence)

No of shares expected to vest

£nil
0.94%
26.08%
5%

£nil
0.94%
26.08%
5%

£nil
0.94%
26.08%
5%

£nil
0.94%
27.40%
5%

£nil
1.00%
27.40%
5%

£nil
1.00%
27.40%
5%

£nil
1.00%
27.90%
5%

£nil
1.00%
27.90%
5%

01/07/2014 
–30/06/2017

01/07/2014 
–30/06/2018

01/07/2014 
–30/06/2017

01/07/2015 
 –30/06/2018

01/07/2016 
–30/06/2019

01/07/2016 
–30/06/2019

01/07/2016 
–30/06/2019

01/07/2016 
–30/06/2020

<1 year

1 year

<1 year

1 year

2 years

2 years

2 years

3 years

Yes

Yes

1 – see  
below

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

None

None

None

3 – see 
below

All or  
nothing

All or  
nothing

All or  
nothing

Yes

Yes

2 – see  
below

Measured 
at the end 
of each 
year

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

None 

None

None

All or  
nothing

All or  
nothing

All or  
nothing

60.69
78,550

51.71
168,919

204.69
16,516

175.79
116,799

175.79
473,936

175.79
309,943

305
219,800

255
346,075

1.  Achievement of specified divisional AUM/NUM and revenue targets within a range.
2.  Achievement of specified revenue targets within a range.
3.  Straight-line between minimum and maximum divisional AUM/NUM and revenue targets.

The volatility for awards granted in the year has been calculated based upon the annualised daily return on the Company’s share price from IPO 
to year-end. All awards exercise at the end of the vesting period subject to the approval of the Remuneration Committee. As at the reporting 
date 556,159 of the awards were exercisable (2016: none).

8. Depreciation and amortisation
Depreciation charges primarily relate to IT and communications equipment, and leasehold improvements. The property, plant and equipment, 
and the depreciation accounting policies are described in note 19.

The amortisation charge primarily relates to the IMAs recorded in the acquisition of RAMAM as described in note 9. The RAMAM IMA 
intangibles are amortised over their expected useful lives of between five and ten years based on an analysis of the respective client channels. 
The amortisation is not deductible for tax purposes. At the date of the acquisition a deferred tax liability was recognised and is being charged to 
taxes in line with the amortisation of the related RAMAM IMAs (note 11).

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Continued

88    

9. Intangible assets
Business combinations and goodwill
All business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of a business combination is the aggregate of the fair values, 
at the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed and equity instruments issued by the acquirer. The fair value of a business 
combination is calculated at the acquisition date by recognising the acquired entity’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that 
satisfy the recognition criteria, at their fair values at that date. The acquisition date is the date on which the acquirer effectively obtains control 
of the acquired entity. The cost of a business combination in excess of the fair value of net identifiable assets or liabilities acquired, including 
intangible assets identified, is recognised as goodwill. Any costs incurred in relation to a business combination are expensed as incurred.

Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the excess of the consideration transferred over the Group’s interest in the fair 
value of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree.

Goodwill is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently when there is an indication of impairment. For the 
purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to each of the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) 
expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Each CGU to which the goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level within the 
entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. If the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than the carrying 
amount of the unit, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying value of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other 
assets of the unit pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. An impairment loss recognised is not reversed in a 
subsequent period.

Identifiable intangible assets
Investment Management Agreements and customer relationships
IMAs and customer relationships acquired in a business combination are recognised separately from goodwill at their fair value at the acquisition 
date. Customer relationships have an estimated useful life of 20 years and IMAs have estimated useful lives of five to ten years. The identified 
intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation calculated on a straight-line basis.

Impairment of intangible assets, excluding goodwill
At each statement of financial position date or whenever there is an indication that the asset may be impaired, the Group reviews the carrying 
amounts of its intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such 
indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the 
asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the CGU to which 
the asset belongs. The recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less costs to sell, and the value in use. In assessing value in use, the 
estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the 
time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or CGU) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised as an expense 
immediately. For assets other than goodwill, where conditions giving rise to impairment subsequently reverse, the effect of the impairment charge 
is also reversed as a credit to the income statement, net of any depreciation or amortisation that would have been charged since the impairment.

Cost:
At 1 July 2015
Disposals
Exchange difference

At 30 June 2016
Additions
Disposals
Exchange difference

At 30 June 2017

Accumulated amortisation and impairment:
At 1 July 2015
Amortisation charge

At 30 June 2016
Amortisation charge
Exchange difference

At 30 June 2017

Net book value:
At 30 June 2016

At 30 June 2017

Goodwill 
£’000

Customer lists 
and IMAs 
£’000

Software 
£’000

Total 
£’000

15,201
(169)
198

15,230
–
–
101

15,331

36,510
–
–

36,510
–
–
–

36,510

(395)
–

(395)
–
–

(395)

(5,463)
(4,330)

(9,793)
(4,330)
(49)

(14,172)

–
–
–

–
79
–
–

79

–
–

–
–
–

–

51,711
(169)
198

51,740
79
–
101

51,920

(5,858)
(4,330)

(10,188)
(4,330)
(49)

(14,567)

14,835

14,936

26,717

22,338

–

79

41,552

37,353

There was £79,000 of software acquisitions in the year ended 30 June 2017 (2016: none). The disposal of goodwill in the prior year relates to the 
disposal of the Palisades business.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

89    

Credit Suisse co-operation agreement
On 26 June 2017, the Group announced a co-operation agreement with Credit Suisse, under which the Emerging Markets Industrial Lifecycle 
(ILC) team would join the Group. This agreement is non-binding and so does not represent a business combination in the year ended 30 June 
2017. The Directors expect that the transition of assets under management to the Group will be completed in the year ended 30 June 2018.

Impairment review
Goodwill includes the goodwill arising on the acquisition of RAMAM and Cassidy Retirement Group Inc. (Cassidy). Included in the year-end 
balance is £13.2m (2016: £13.2m) in respect of RAMAM, £1.5m (2016: £1.4m) in respect of Cassidy and £0.2m (2016: £0.2m) in respect of 
P-Solve Investments.

The Directors estimated the recoverable amount of the RAMAM goodwill based upon the value in use of the business. The value in use was 
measured using internal budgets and forecasts to generate a 5-year view. A 15% revenue growth rate was assumed until 2022 with zero growth 
in to perpetuity and a pre-tax discount rate of 12%.

The key assumptions included in the estimate besides revenue are expenses including remuneration for staff and partners. These were 
determined through a review of current levels of revenue and cost, known changes, contractual provisions and sales plans.

Sensitivity analysis was performed on the key inputs of the valuation, being the growth and discount rates and future cash flows. It was 
determined that a growth rate of 8% or a discount rate of 19% would still result in a positive NPV and the overall assessment is therefore that 
there is no indication of impairment.

The Directors estimated the recoverable amount of the Cassidy goodwill based upon the value in use of the business. The value in use was 
measured using internal budgets and forecasts covering a period of 3 years, with a 2% revenue growth rate assumption for perpetuity cash flows 
and a pre-tax discount rate of 13%. There were also no significant client losses in the period which could otherwise have been an indicator of 
possible impairment.

The key assumptions included in the estimate are revenue, and expenses including remuneration. These were determined through a review of 
current levels of revenue and cost, known changes, contractual provisions and sales plans.

Sensitivity analysis was performed on the key inputs of the valuation, using several scenarios. A greater than 10% increase in the discount rate 
was required to indicate impairment.

10. Finance income and expense
Finance income and expense are recognised in the period to which they relate on an accruals basis.

Finance income includes £14,000 of bank interest (2016: £28,000), £22,000 of interest earned from a loan to Palisades (2016: £13,000) £8,000 
of foreign exchange gain (2016: £41,000) and £2,000 of other finance income (2016: £2,000).

11. Current and deferred tax
The tax charge consists of current tax and deferred tax. Current tax represents the estimated tax payable on the taxable profits for the period. 
Taxable profit differs from profit before tax reported in the consolidated income statement because it excludes items of income or expense that 
are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. Deferred tax is recognised on 
temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial 
statements, and is measured using the substantively enacted rates expected to apply when the asset or liability will be realised or settled.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not offset unless the Group has legal right to offset which it intends to apply. Deferred tax assets are 
recognised only to the extent that the Directors consider it probable that they will be recovered.

Deferred tax is recognised in the income statement, except that a charge attributable to an item of income or expense recognised as other 
comprehensive income or to an item recognised directly in equity is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity.

The most significant deferred tax items are the deferred tax liability established against the IMA intangible asset arising from the acquisition of 
RAMAM and the deferred tax asset recognised in respect of the EPSP share-based payment expense. The amortisation of the IMA intangible 
asset is not tax deductible for corporate tax purposes, therefore the deferred tax liability is released into the consolidated income statement to 
match the amortisation of the IMA intangible. At each reporting date the Group estimates the corporation tax deduction that might be available 
on the vesting of EPSP shares and the corresponding adjustment to deferred tax is recognised in the income statement and equity.

Current tax:
Current tax on profits for the year
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total current tax

Deferred tax – origination and reversal of timing differences

Total tax charge

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2016 
£’000

4,874
3

4,877

2,483
(72)

2,411

(1,844)

(1,040)

3,033

1,371

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Continued

90    

11. Current and deferred tax continued
The total tax charge assessed for the year is £203,000 lower (2016: £76,000 lower) than the average standard rate of corporation tax in the UK. 
The differences are explained below:

Profit before tax
Profit before tax multiplied by the average rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19.75% (2016: 20%)
Effects of:
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Deferred tax on amortisation of RAMAM IMAs
Income not subject to tax
Adjustment in respect of prior years
Other timing differences

Total tax charge

Effective from 1 April 2017, the applicable UK corporation tax rate was reduced from 20% to 19%.

The analysis of deferred tax assets and liabilities is as follows:

Deferred tax assets
At beginning of year
(Charge)/credit to the income statement:
– accelerated capital allowances
– deductible temporary differences
– share-based payment expense
Credit/(debit) to equity – share-based payment expense

At end of year

Deferred tax liabilities
At beginning of year
Credit to the income statement:
– amortisation of intangibles
– adjustment to deferred tax on intangibles due to changes in tax rates
Credit/(debit) to equity:
– movement on fair value of available-for-sale investments
– recycling of deferred tax on disposal of available-for-sale investments

At end of year

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
£’000

16,389
3,236

1,638
(1,306)
–
3
(538)

3,033

Year ended 
30 June 
2016 
£’000

7,236
1,447

1,036
(866)
(10)
(72)
(164)

1,371

Year ended 
30 June 
2017  
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2016  
£’000

609

12
(25)
548
2,277

3,421

528

(12)
15
171
(93)

609

5,347

6,174

(849)
(460)

90
(159)

(866)
–

39

3,969

5,347

12. Earnings per share
The basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares of the Company in issue during the year.

To the extent that any of the EPSP awards (note 7) vest they will have a dilutive effect on the equity holders of the Company. The potential 
dilution effect of the EPSP awards is considered in the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

The dilutive effect of the EPSP awards is measured based on the share price and dividends received by shareholders from the date of grant until 
the reporting date and is compared against the respective performance criteria of the awards to determine if the shares are dilutive as of the 
reporting date. No consideration is given to future performance.

Based on the Group’s share price at 30 June 2017 and dividends paid, 100% (2016: none) of the EPSP Performance Condition A shares and 21% 
(2016: none) of the EPSP Performance Condition B shares would have met the vesting criteria. As a result, 5,029,000 shares were dilutive. 
There were no share awards that were anti-dilutive in the year but which may be dilutive in future periods (2016: none).

Profit attributable to owners of the parent (£’000)
Weighted average number of shares in issue (’000)
Weighted average number of diluted shares (’000)

Earnings per share:
Basic (pence)
Diluted (pence)

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 

Year ended 
30 June 
2016 

13,356
81,149
86,288

5,865
82,048
82,048

16.45
15.48

7.15
7.15

 
 
Strategic report

Governance

Financials

Reconciliation between weighted average number of shares in issue

Weighted average number of shares in issue – basic
Dilutive effect of shares granted under EPSP and save-as-you-earn
Weighted average number of shares in issue – diluted

91    

Year ended 
30 June 
2017  
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2016  
£’000

81,149
5,139
86,288

82,048
–
82,048

The weighted average number of shares in issue has reduced as a result of purchases of own shares by the EBT (note 21). At 30 June 2017, the 
EBT held 1,884,000 shares (2016: 564,000). The weighted average number held by the EBT during the year was 899,000 (2016: 239,000).

Adjusted profit
Adjusted profit comprises adjusted underlying profit and performance fee profit.

Adjusted underlying profit represents net management and advisory fees less associated remuneration, recurring administrative expenses 
(excluding IT transition costs), depreciation, and finance income and expense.

Performance fee profit represents performance fees, less the associated remuneration costs. In the current year, it also includes the gain on 
disposal of the Group’s DAA fund.

Adjusted underlying profit
Net management and advisory fees
Administrative expenses–recurring
Underlying remuneration at 52%/54%
Depreciation
Finance income/expense

Adjusted underlying profit before tax
Taxes

Adjusted underlying profit after tax

Adjusted underlying pre-tax margin

Performance fee profit
Performance fees
Other income
Less remuneration at 50%/50%
Plus gain on disposal of available-for-sale assets

Performance fee profit before tax
Taxes

Performance fee profit after tax

Adjusted profit before tax
Adjusted profit after tax

Reconciliation to statutory profit

Profit before tax
Adjustments:
Amortisation of intangible assets and IMA
IT migration costs
EPSP costs

Adjusted profit before tax

Year ended 
30 June 
2017  
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2016  
£’000

55,893
(10,420)
(29,040)
(116)
43

16,360
(3,443)

12,917

29%

12,549
–
(6,275)
793

7,067
(1,395)

5,672

45,669
(9,790)
(24,771)
(103)
79

11,084
(2,158)

8, 926

 24%

1,526
2
(763)
–

765
(155)

610

23,427
18,589

11,849
9,536

Year ended 
30 June 
2017  
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2016  
£’000

16,389

7,236

4,330
1,142
1,566

4,330
–
283

23,427

11,849

IT migration costs are the non-recurring costs of transitioning the Group’s IT infrastructure from PSG and represent the final part of the 
separation from Punter Southall Group (PSG) under the Transitional Services Agreement (TSA).

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Continued

92    

12. Earnings per share continued
Adjusted earnings per share

Adjusted profit after tax
Weighted average shares
Weighted average diluted shares
Adjusted EPS:
Basic (pence)
Diluted (pence)

Year ended 
30 June 
2017  
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2016  
£’000

18,589
81,149
86,288

22.90
21.54

9,536
82,048
82,048

11.62
11.62

13. Dividends
The Group recognises dividends when an irrevocable commitment to pay them is incurred. In the case of interim dividends, this is generally the 
payment date. In the case of final dividends, this is the date upon which the dividend is approved by shareholders.

During the year, the following dividends were paid:

2015 second interim 
2015 final 
2016 first interim 
2016 second interim 
2016 final 
2017 first interim 

Ordinary (p)

Special (p)

Total (p)

3.6
3.8
3.25
3.3
2.5
4.2

1.0
n/a
0.35
0.1
n/a
1.4

4.6
3.8
3.6
3.4
2.5
5.6

Year ended 
30 June 
2017  
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2016  
£’000

–
–
–
2,771
2,034
4,540

9,345

3,776
3,120
2,955
–
–
–

9,851

A second interim dividend in respect of the year of 8.1p per share has been declared by the Directors, of which 2.8p is a special dividend relating 
to net performance fees. The Directors have proposed to shareholders a final dividend in respect of the year of 6.0p per share, of which 2.8p is a 
special dividend relating to net performance fees. Based upon the number of shares held by the EBT at the year-end (upon which dividends are 
waived), the expected total payments are £6.5m and £4.8m for the second interim and final dividends respectively.

14. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits. At year-end all cash balances were held by banks with credit ratings as 
detailed below.

Bank

Barclays Bank 
Lloyds Bank 
BMO Harris Bank
First Republic Bank 

Total cash and cash equivalents

15. Investment management balances

Investment management receivables
Investment management payables

£’000

Credit Rating

Rating Body

20,677
9,695
26
361

30,759

A1 –  Moody’s
Baa1 Moody’s
Baa1 Moody’s
A1 Moody’s

30 June 
2017 
£’000

62,138
60,317

30 June 
2016 
£’000

15,448
14,655

As ACD of River and Mercantile Funds ICVC (the ICVC) the Group is required to settle transactions between investors and the depositary of the 
Fund. The Group is exposed to the short-term liquidity requirements to settle with the depositary of the Fund before receiving payments from 
the investor and mitigates this risk by holding cash in its ACD account. The credit risk associated with the investment management balances is 
discussed in note 26.

The investment management balances are recorded as loans and receivables and financial liabilities held at amortised cost. They are initially 
recognised based upon the values given by the administrator of the ICVC and are subsequently recognised at amortised cost. Due to their 
short-term nature (typically less than a week), amortised cost closely approximates fair value. If any investment management receivable was to 
remain unpaid significantly past its term, the Directors would consider a provision for impairment. No provisions were made as at 30 June 2017 
(2016: £Nil).

The investment management assets and liabilities are valued at the contractually agreed subscription or redemption values.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

16. Available-for-sale investments
In December 2016, the Group redeemed its £5.0m seed capital investment in the River and Mercantile Dynamic Asset Allocation Fund (the ‘DAA 
Fund’). The investment was made in 2014 and was recognised as an available-for-sale financial asset up to the point of sale, with unrealised fair 
value movements recognised in other comprehensive income. The fair value of the Group’s investment in the DAA Fund was derived from the 
fair value of the underlying investments, some of which are not traded in an active market and therefore the investment was classified as Level 2 
under IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement. The DAA Fund is an unlisted equity vehicle based in the UK.

A gain of £793,000 was realised on redemption of the Group’s position in the fund which is shown in the income statement. During the year, the 
Group invested £10,000 of seed capital in the River and Mercantile Global High Alpha fund.

The movement in the carrying value of the available-for-sale investment is analysed below:

93    

At 1 July 2015
Movement in fair value

At 30 June 2016
Additions
Movement in fair value
Disposals

At 30 June 2017

£’000

5,155
195

5,350
10
445
(5,793)

12

17. Fee receivables
Fee receivables are recorded initially at the invoiced value, which is the estimated fair value of the receivables and are subsequently held at 
amortised cost. The Group’s policy on financial instruments can be found in note 26.

The collectability of the fee receivables is reviewed periodically and if there is evidence to indicate that an amount may not be collectable a 
specific provision is established against the receivable. At 30 June 2017, a provision of £55,000 (2016: £82,000) has been established against 
potentially irrecoverable receivable balances and the total balance is reported in the consolidated statement of financial position net of this 
provision. On confirmation that the fee receivables will not be collectable, the gross carrying value of the asset is written off against the 
associated provision.

The ageing of fee receivables is shown below:

Neither past due nor impaired
Past due but not impaired:
– Less than three months
– More than three months
Impaired:
– More than three months
– Provision for impairment

Total fee receivables

30 June 
2017 
£’000

4,254

995
370

55
(55)

30 June 
2016 
£’000

4,668

1,057
763

82
(82)

5,619

6,488

The average credit period on fee receivables is 27 days (2016: 46 days). The Directors believe that the carrying value of fee receivables, net of 
impairment, represents their fair value due to their short term nature and is the maximum credit risk value. The Directors are satisfied with the 
credit quality of counterparties.

18. Other receivables

Accrued income
Prepayments
Other assets

30 June 
2017 
£’000

13,088
1,080
730

14,898

30 June 
2016 
£’000

9,239
808
719

10,766

Accrued income includes management, advisory and performance fees that have been recognised in the consolidated income statement in line 
with the Group’s accounting policies on revenue recognition, but have not yet been invoiced to clients. Clients are generally invoiced in arrears 
on a quarterly basis.

The Group’s policy on financial instruments can be found in note 26.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Continued

94    

19. Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is carried at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation charges the cost of the assets to the 
consolidated income statement over their expected useful lives. Office equipment includes computer equipment which is depreciated over three 
years, and fixtures, fittings and equipment which is depreciated over seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortised over the remaining 
term of the leases. The depreciation period and method is reviewed annually.

Cost:
At 1 July 2015
Additions

At 30 June 2016
Additions

At 30 June 2017

Accumulated depreciation:
At 1 July 2015
Depreciation charge
Exchange difference

At 30 June 2016
Depreciation charge

At 30 June 2017

Net book value:
At 30 June 2016

At 30 June 2017

20. Trade and other payables

Trade payables
VAT payable
Remuneration accruals
Other accruals and payables

Office  
equipment 
£’000

Leasehold 
improvements 
£’000

606
82

688
2

690

528
53
(5)

576
73

649

112

41

182
185

367
–

367

52
50
–

102
43

145

265

222

30 June 
2017 
£’000

1,042
697
14,210
2,750

18,699

Total 
£’000

788
267

1,055
2

1,057

580
103
(5)

678
116

794

377

263

30 June 
2016 
£’000

450
401
6,714
2,266

9,831

The Group’s policy on financial instruments can be found in note 26.

21. Share capital
The Company had the following share capital at the reporting dates.

Allotted, called up and fully paid:
Ordinary shares of £0.003 each

30 June 2017

30 June 2016

Number

£

Number

£

82,095,346 246,286 82,095,346

246,286

The ordinary shares carry the right to vote and rank pari passu for dividends.

The share premium account arises from the excess paid over the nominal value of the shares issued.

During the year, the Group’s EBT purchased Group shares in relation to the PSP scheme (note 7). The shares held are measured at cost.

Opening balance at 1 July 2016
Acquisition of shares by the EBT

Balance as at 30 June 2017

£’000

1,283
3,483

4,766

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

22. Other reserves

Available-for-sale reserve (including deferred tax)
Foreign exchange reserve
Capital redemption reserve
Merger reserve
Capital contribution reserve

95    

30 June 
2017 
£’000

1
380
84
44,433
4,442

49,340

30 June 
2016 
£’000

280
314
84
44,433
4,442

49,553

The available-for-sale reserve represents the unrealised fair value movements in available-for-sale financial assets. On disposal, the cumulative 
fair value changes in reserves are reclassified to the income statement.

The foreign exchange reserve represents the cumulative foreign exchange differences arising on US Dollar denominated businesses in the 
Group as well as currency differences on goodwill and fair value adjustments on the acquisition of foreign subsidiaries, as listed in note 27. On 
disposal of the US Dollar denominated business, the associated cumulative foreign exchange differences are recycled through the consolidated 
income statement.

The capital contribution reserve arose from forgiveness of a dividend by the Group’s then parent, PSG (£3,867,000) and from an historic 
acquisition whereby the Group’s then parent, PSG, settled part of the consideration in its own shares (£575,000).

The merger reserve arose on the acquisition of RAMAM in March 2014.

The movement in all reserves is detailed in the consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity.

23. Operating leases
Office facilities are leased under operating leases. The rental cost is charged to the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over 
the lease term. Rent rebates are accounted for over the period of the lease term.

The Group entered into a non-cancellable operating lease on 26 June 2014 with PSG for the Group’s primary office facilities in London until 
December 2021.

The future aggregate minimum lease payments under all non-cancellable operating leases, net of rent rebates are as follows:

No later than one year
Later than one year and no later than five years
Later than five years

30 June 
2017 
£’000

724
2,426
513

3,663

30 June 
2016 
£’000

809
2,745
919

4,473

24. Contingent liabilities
The Group’s subsidiary RAMAM is co-operating with an investigation by the FCA under its concurrent competition powers relating to the 
participation of RAMAM in two transactions. The matter does not affect any clients of the Group or the NAV of any fund or segregated 
mandate. The Group has not been notified of the outcome of this investigation and so it remains uncertain whether there will be any impact on 
the Group. However, in the event of a financial impact, the Directors do not expect the net outcome to be material to the financial statements.

25. Related party transactions
Related parties to the Group are:
 – Key management personnel;
 – PSG who hold 38.1% of the issued share capital of the Group; and
 – Pacific Investments Management Limited, its subsidiary undertakings and controlling shareholder, Sir John Beckwith (collectively ‘Pacific 

Investments’) were considered to be related parties as they held significant influence over the Group by virtue of holding more than 10% of 
the issued share capital of the Group. Following a disposal by Pacific Investments in March 2017, they now hold less than 10% and are 
therefore no longer considered a related party.

Significant transactions with Pacific Investments
There have been no significant transactions with Pacific Investments during the year (2016: none).

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Continued

96    

25. Related party transactions continued
Significant transactions with PSG

Administrative charges from PSG:
Office facilities
Technology and communications
Professional fees:
Accounting services

Total administrative charges and professional fees

Advisory fee revenue share received related to Palisades

Receivables and payables with related parties

Amount (due to)/due from related party:
PSG

Total 

30 June 
2017 
£’000

30 June 
2016 
£’000

931
470

–

875
686

68

1,401

1,629

–

68

30 June 
2017 
£’000

30 June 
2016 
£’000

(224)

(224)

(35)

(35)

Key management personnel compensation
Details of key management personnel compensation can be found in note 6.

26. Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position when the Group becomes 
party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial assets are de-recognised when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the 
financial assets expire or when the contractual rights to those assets are transferred. Financial liabilities are de-recognised when the obligation 
specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expires.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (‘FVTPL’)
Financial assets are classified as FVTPL when the asset is a trading instrument, or by designation if not. A financial asset may be designated as 
FVTPL upon initial recognition if:
 – such designation eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency that would otherwise arise; or
 – the financial asset forms part of a group of financial assets or financial liabilities or both, which is managed and its performance evaluated on 
a fair value basis in accordance with the Group’s documented risk management strategy, and information about the grouping is provided 
internally on that basis.

Financial assets at FVTPL are stated at fair value, with any gains or losses arising on re-measurement recognised in profit or loss.

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method less provision for impairment. Interest income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate, except for short-term trade and 
other receivables when the recognition of interest would be immaterial.

Impairment provisions are recognised when there is objective evidence (such as significant financial difficulties on the part of the counterparty 
or default or significant delay in payment) that the Group will be unable to collect all of the amounts due. For trade and other receivables, which 
are reported net, such provisions are recorded in a separate account with the loss being recognised in the consolidated income statement. On 
confirmation that the trade and other receivables will not be collectable, the gross carrying value of the asset is written off against the 
associated provision.

Cash and cash equivalent balances
Cash and cash equivalents balances comprise cash in hand, cash at agents, demand deposits, and other short-term highly liquid investments 
that have maturities of three months or less from inception, are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant 
risk of changes in value.

Available-for-sale financial assets
Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated in this category or not classified in any of the other categories.

Available-for-sale investments are held at fair value if this can be reliably measured. If the investments are not quoted in an active market and 
their fair value cannot be reliably measured, the available-for-sale investment is carried at cost, less accumulated impairment. Unless the 
valuation falls below its original cost, gains and losses arising from changes in fair value of available-for-sale assets are recognised directly in 
equity through other comprehensive income. On disposal the cumulative net gain or loss is transferred to the statement of comprehensive 
income. Valuations below cost are recognised as impairment losses in the income statement. Dividends are recognised in the income statement 
when the right to receive payment is established.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method. Interest expense is recognised by applying the effective interest rate, except for short term trade and other payables when the 
recognition of interest would be immaterial.

Categories of financial instruments
Financial instruments held by the Group are categorised under IAS 39 as follows:

97    

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Investment management balances
Fee receivables
Other receivables

Total loan and receivables
Available-for-sale investments

Total available-for-sale 

Total financial assets

Other receivables exclude prepayments.

Financial Liabilities
Investment management balances
Trade and other payables

Total other liabilities at amortised cost

Total financial liabilities

30 June 
2017 
£’000

30 June 
2016 
£’000

30,759
62,138
5,619
13,818

112,334
12

12

14,147
15,448
6,488
9,958

46,041
5,350

5,350

112,346

51,391

30 June 
2017 
£’000

30 June 
2016 
£’000

60,317
17,439

77,756

77,756

14,655
8,933

23,588

23,588

Trade and other payables exclude deferred income.

The Directors consider the carrying amounts of the loan and receivables financial assets and financial liabilities carried at amortised cost to be a 
reasonable approximation to their fair values due to the short term nature of the instruments.

Financial risk management
The risks of the business are measured and monitored in accordance with the Board’s risk appetite and policies and procedures covering specific 
risk areas, such as: credit, market and liquidity risk.

The Group is exposed to credit risk, market risk (including interest rate and foreign currency risks) and liquidity risks from the financial 
instruments identified above. This note describes the objectives, policies and processes of the Group for managing those risks and the methods 
used to measure them.

Credit risk management
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty defaults on their contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. The carrying 
amount of loans and receivables recorded in the financial statements represents the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk. The Group held 
no collateral as security against any financial asset. Credit risk arises principally from the Group’s fee receivables, investment management 
balances, other receivables and cash balances. The Group manages its credit risk through monitoring the aging of receivables and the credit 
quality of the counterparties with which it does business.

The aging of outstanding fee receivables at the reporting date is given in note 17. The Group had no single fee receivable balance at year-end 
that is material to the Group (2016: none).

The banks with whom the Group deposits cash and cash equivalent balances are monitored, including their credit ratings (note 14).

The Group bears risk in relation to the investment management balances held in respect of the River and Mercantile Funds ICVC. If any debtor 
failed to pay, the Group would redeem the underlying fund units in respect of that debtor, however it would be subject to risk that the value of 
the underlying fund units had fallen. The maximum theoretical risk exposure is the full £62.1m (2016: £15.4m) value of the receivables 
multiplied by the percentage decrease in the underlying ICVC position during the period between default and redemption. In order to mitigate 
the risk of losses arising from late receipt, the Group will seek specific indemnity from counterparties in certain cases. Management monitor the 
performance and aging of the investment management positions and take recovery action as appropriate.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Continued

98    

26. Financial instruments continued
Market risk – foreign currency risk management
The Group has foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities primarily arising from the US business (including intra-Group balances) and is 
therefore exposed to exchange rate fluctuations on these balances. The carrying amount of the Group’s foreign currency denominated 
monetary assets and liabilities all in US Dollars, are shown below in GBP:

Fee receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Payables

Total

30 June 
2017 
£’000

643
615
(868)

390

30 June 
2016 
£’000

259
654
(622)

291

A 10% fluctuation in the exchange rate between US Dollars and UK Pounds sterling on the outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary 
items at year-end balances would result in a post-tax increase/decrease in profit of £39,000 (2016: £29,000).

The majority of the Group’s other foreign currency exposure is with its US-based subsidiary P-Solve LLC. As at 30 June 2017, P-Solve LLC had 
net assets of $1,895,000 (2016: $720,000), thus any future fluctuations in the exchange rate will have a limited impact on the Group and are 
considered a low risk.

Foreign exchange risk arising from transactions denominated in foreign currencies are monitored and where appropriate the currency required 
to settle the transaction may be purchased ahead of the settlement date.

Market risk – interest rate risk management
The Group has minimal exposure to interest rate risk. The Group has no external borrowings, cash deposits with banks earn a floating rate of 
interest and the interest income is not significant in either year.

Liquidity risk management
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. This risk relates to the Group’s prudent 
liquidity risk management and implies maintaining sufficient cash reserves to meet the Group’s working capital requirements. Management 
monitors forecasts of the Group’s liquidity and cash and cash equivalents on the basis of expected cash flow.

The Group is cash generative before the payment of dividends and has cash and cash equivalent balances that support the Group’s working 
capital requirements. The fee receivable invoicing cycle is generally quarterly; as a result working capital balances are maintained to meet the 
ongoing expenses of the business during the quarterly cycles. The Group’s capital expenditure requirements have not been significant and have 
been limited to office and IT equipment.

Prior to significant cash outflows (or entering into commitments which would result in significant cash outflows), including dividends, the Group 
undertakes liquidity and capital analysis.

The Group has entered into operating leases over its premises. Note 23 discloses the future aggregate minimum lease payments at the balance 
sheet date, net of rebates over the life of the contracts.

At 30 June 2017 the Group had cash and cash equivalents of £30.8m (2016: £14.1m).

As ACD of River and Mercantile Funds ICVC (the ICVC), some of the operating cash balance of RAMAM is held in the ACD operating account into 
which the management fees from the ICVC are paid on a monthly basis. Of the ACD operating account balance at each year end, the proportion 
not attributable to client fund transactions can be utilised by RAMAM within a 24-hour notice period and thus the account is considered liquid. 
At 30 June 2017 £1.1m (2016: £1.3m) of the cash and cash equivalents balance relating to the ACD account was held.

Liquidity gap analysis
The table below presents the cash flows receivable and payable by the Group under non-derivative financial assets and liabilities by remaining 
contractual maturities at the reporting date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual, undiscounted cash flows.

The net liquidity positions in the table below relate to cash flows on contractual obligations existing at the reporting date and does not take 
account of any cash flows generated from profits on normal trading activities.

As at 30 June 2017
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Investment management balances
Fee receivables
Other receivables

Total financial assets
Liabilities
Investment management balances
Trade and other payables

Total financial liabilities

Net liquidity surplus

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

On demand  
£’000

< 3 months  
£’000

3–12 months  
£’000

30,759
–
–
–

–
62,138
5,249
13,818

30,759

81,205

–
–

–

30,759

60,317
17,439

77,756

3,449

–
–
370
–

370

–
–

–

370

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

As at 30 June 2016
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Investment management balances
Fee receivables
Other receivables

Total financial assets

Liabilities
Investment management balances
Trade and other payables

Total financial liabilities

Net liquidity surplus

On demand  
£’000

< 3 months  
£’000

3–12 months  
£’000

99    

14,147
–
–
–

14,147

–
–

–

–
15,448
5,667
9,958

31,073

14,655
8,933

23,588

–
–
821
–

821

–
–

–

14,147

7,485

821

Capital management
The Group operates its subsidiaries as self-sufficient entities, which are expected to be able to meet their funding and capital requirements 
without recourse to the Parent.

The Group’s capital structure consists of equity (share capital and share premium) and retained earnings; capital is managed on a consolidated 
and individual entity basis to ensure that each entity is able to continue as a going concern. Three of the Group’s subsidiaries are regulated 
entities (two in the UK and one in the US). The Group scrutinises its capital adequacy using the Pillar 2 and ICAAP frameworks which are 
regulated by the FCA to maintain adequate capital requirements. The Group has complied with its regulatory capital requirements throughout 
the period covered by these financial statements.

27. Ultimate controlling party and subsidiary undertakings
The Group became publicly listed on 26 June 2014 and remains publicly listed.

Subsidiary undertakings
The following subsidiaries have been included in the consolidated financial information of the Group:

Name

P-Solve Investments Limited¹ 
P-Solve Holdings Limited¹ 

P-Solve LLC ¹ ²
River and Mercantile Holdings Limited 
River and Mercantile Asset Management LLP ¹
River and Mercantile Asset Management LLC¹ ²

River and Mercantile Group Services Limited¹ ²
River and Mercantile Group Trustees Limited¹ ²
River and Mercantile Group Employee Benefit Trust

Indirect holding

1 
2  Exempt from audit requirements

Country of 
incorporation 
of registration

Proportion of 
voting rights / 
ordinary share 
capital held %

UK
UK

US
UK
UK
US

UK
UK
UK

100/100
100/70

100/100
100/100
100/100
100/100

100/100
100/100
0/0

Registered office address

Nature of business

11 Strand, London, WC2N 5HR Investment management
11 Strand, London, WC2N 5HR Holding company for the 
US business
Actuarial and consulting
Holding company
30 Coleman St, London, EC2R 5AL Investment management
Marketing

200 West St, Waltham, MA 02451, US
11 Strand, London, WC2N 5HR

1521 Concord Pike, Wilmington, 
19803, US

11 Strand, London, WC2N 5HR Dormant service company
11 Strand, London, WC2N 5HR Dormant service company
Employee Benefit Trust

The Company indirectly holds 20,250,896 ordinary shares in P-Solve Holdings Limited which carry 100% of the voting rights. A further 
8,793,056 A ordinary shares of P-Solve Holdings Limited (representing 30% of the total issued ordinary share capital) are held by employees 
and ex-employees of P-Solve LLC. The A ordinary shares of P-Solve Holdings Limited do not carry any voting rights, but rank equally with the 
ordinary shares in respect of dividend rights; and capital rights above a hurdle of £1.8m.

River and Mercantile Asset Management LLP and LLC have reporting years ending 31 March and 31 December respectively on a standalone 
basis. These were the existing year-end dates as at acquisition and no change is expected.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Continued

100    

28 New standards and interpretations
There have been no new standards having a material impact on the financial statements for the year.

The following standards and amendments to existing standards have been published and are mandatory from the financial period beginning on 
or after the effective dates shown below but are not currently relevant to the Group (although they may affect the accounting for future 
transactions and events).

Topic

Key requirements

Applying IFRS 
9 Financial 
Instruments

Annual 
improvements to 
IFRSs (2014-2016 
Cycle)

Effective date

1 January 2018

The objective of the amendments is to address the temporary accounting consequences of 
the different effective dates of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and the forthcoming insurance 
contracts standard (expected to be IFRS 17).

IFRS 1 has been amended to remove short-term exemptions dealing with IFRS 7 
Financial Instruments: Disclosures, IAS 19 Employee Benefits and IFRS 10 Consolidated 
Financial Statements.

1 January 2017 and

1 January 2018

IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities. Amendments have been made to clarify 
the scope of IFRS 12 in respect of interests in entities within the scope of IFRS 5 Non-current 
Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations.

IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures. Clarified that the election to measure 
at fair value through profit or loss an investment in an associate or joint venture that is held 
by an entity that is a venture capital organisation, or other qualifying entity, is available 
for each investment in an associate or joint venture or an investment-by-investment basis, 
upon initial recognition.

IFRIC 22 Foreign 
Currency 
Translations 
and Advance 
Consideration

IFRIC 22 addresses how to determine the date of the transaction for the purpose of 
determining the exchange rate to use on an initial recognition of the related asset, expense or 
income (or part of it) on the de-recognition of a non-monetary asset or non-monetary liability 
arising from the payment or receipt of advance consideration in a foreign currency (e.g. a 
prepayment or deferred income).

1 January 2018

Amendments to 
IAS 40; Transfers of 
Investment Property

IAS 40 requires a property to be transferred to, or from, investment property only when there 
is a change in use. The amendment clarifies that a change in management’s intentions for the 
use of a property does not in isolation provide evidence of a change in use. This is because 
management’s intentions, alone, do not provide evidence of a change in use.

1 January 2018  

IFRS 16 Leases

IFRS 16 replaces the outgoing IAS 17 and makes a significant change to how leases are 
accounted for, in that it removes the distinction between operating and finance leases. Under 
IAS 17, leases classified as finance leases led to the capitalisation of the underlying asset being 
leased, and the recording of a liability reflecting future lease payments. Operating leases 
(such as building rent), are simply expensed to the income statement. R&M Group only has 
operating leases under IAS 17.

1 January 2019

Under IFRS 16, all lease contracts are accounted for more in line with the previous finance 
lease approach where lessees have to recognise a lease liability reflecting future lease 
payments and a ‘right-of-use asset’ for almost all lease contracts.

In the income statement lessees will have to present interest expense on the lease liability 
and depreciation on the right-of-use asset. In the cash flow statement the part of the lease 
payments that reflects interest on the lease liability can be presented as an operating cash 
flow (if it is the entity’s policy to present interest payments as operating cash flows). Cash 
payments for the principal portion of the lease liability are classified within financing activities. 
Payments for short-term leases, for leases of low-value assets and variable lease payments not 
included in the measurement of the lease liability are presented within operating activities.

IFRS 15 Revenue 
recognition

IFRS 15 replaces the outgoing IAS 18 with the objective of establishing the principles that 
an entity shall apply to report information to users of financial statements about the nature, 
amounts, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flow arising from a contract with a client. 
The introduction of IFRS 15 is to close the gap between IFRS and US GAAP.

1 January 2018

The Directors have assessed the impact that the adoption of these standards and interpretations will have on future periods and have concluded 
that none aside from IFRS 16 are likely to have a material impact on the financial statements of the Group. IFRS 16 will lead to an increase in 
non-current assets to reflect lease right-of-use assets and in increase in liabilities to reflect future lease payments.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
 
Strategic report

Governance

Financials

29. Events after the reporting date
Since the end of the financial year, the Directors are not aware of any other matter or circumstance not otherwise dealt with in this report or the 
financial statements that has significantly or will significantly affect the operations of the Group, the results of those operations or the state of 
affairs of the Group. 

A second interim dividend in respect of the year of 8.1p per share has been declared, of which 2.8p is a special dividend relating to net 
performance fees. The Directors have proposed a final dividend in respect of the year of 6.0p per share, of which 2.8p is a special dividend 
relating to net performance fees. Based upon the number of shares held by the EBT at the year-end (upon which dividends are waived), the 
expected total payments are £6.5m and £4.8m for the second interim and final dividends respectively.

Pursuant to the ILC team joining the Group, in July 2017 the Group entered into a new operating lease for office facilities in Chicago. In August 
2017, the Group entered into new operating leases for an existing floor and an additional floor of its Coleman Street offices.

101    

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

102    

COMPANY STATEMENT 
OF FINANCIAL POSITION

Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Other receivables
Deferred tax asset
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Investments

Total assets

Liabilities
Payables
Deferred tax liability

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Share premium
Other reserves
Retained earnings

Equity attributable to owners

The Company’s profit for the year was £7,461,000 (2016: £11,435,000).

30 June 
2017 
£’000

30 June 
2016 
£’000

Note

2
3
4
5
6
7

8

9
10
11

15,182
5,663
2,629
19
79
56,941

7,633
10,094
437
38
–
55,756

80,513 

 73,958

5,980
–

5,980

1,543
–

1,543

74,533

72,415

246
14,688
48,384
11,215

74,533

246
14,688
48,384
9,097

72,415

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

COMPANY STATEMENT 
OF CASH FLOWS

103    

Cash flow from operating activities
Loss before interest, tax and dividends from subsidiaries
Adjustments for:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
EBT funding
Share-based payment expense

Operating cash flow before movement in working capital
Decrease/(increase) in operating assets
Increase in operating liabilities

Cash generated by/(used in) operations
Taxation received

Net cash generated by/(used in) operations

Cash flow from investing activities
Purchase of intangible assets
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Interest (paid)/received
Dividends received from subsidiaries

Net cash generated by investing activities

Cash flow from financing activities
EBT funding settled
Dividends paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Year ended  
30 June 
2017 
£’000

Year ended  
30 June 
2016 
£’000

(9,696)

(2,636)

20
3,582
856

(5,238)
4,171
4,281

3,214
788

4,002

2
1,283
665

(686)
(4,020)
291

(4,415)
106

(4,309)

(79)
(2)
(7)
16,550

–
(40)
96
13,749

16,462

13,805

(3,570)
(9,345)

(945)
(9,851)

(12,915)

(10,796)

7,549

(1,300)

7,633
–

15,182

8,933
–

7,633

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

104    

COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES 
IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Balance as at 30 June 2015
Comprehensive income for the year:
Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year
Transactions with owners:
Dividends
Share-based payment expense
Deferred tax credit on share-based payment expense 

Total transactions with owners:

Balance as at 30 June 2016

Comprehensive income for the year:
Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year
Transactions with owners:
Dividends
Share-based payment expense
Deferred tax credit on share-based payment expense 

Total transactions with owners:

Balance as at 30 June 2017

Share 
Capital 
£’000

Share 
Premium 
£’000

Merger 
reserve 
£’000

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£’000

Capital 
contribution 
£’000

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

Total 
£’000

246

14,688

44,433

84

3,867

6,805

70,123

–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–

–

11,435

11,435

11,435

11,435

(9,851)
786
(78)

(9,143)

(9,851)
786
(78)

(9,143)

246

14,688

44,433

84

3,867

9,097

72,415

–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–

–

7,461

7,461

(9,345)
2,039
1,963

(5,343)

7,461

7,461

(9,345) 
2,039
1,963

(5,343)

246

14,688

44,433

84

3,867

11,215

74,533

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

NOTES TO THE COMPANY 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

105    

1. Basis of preparation
The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, International 
Accounting Standards and interpretations, International Financial Reporting Interpretation Committee interpretations, and with those parts of 
the 2006 Act applicable to companies reporting under IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board as adopted by the 
European Union (IFRS) that are relevant to its operations and effective for accounting periods beginning on 1 July 2016.

Principal place of business
The Company’s principle place of business is the same as the Company’s registered office.

Result for the year
The profit after tax for the year ended 30 June 2017 was £7,461,000 (2016: £11,435,000). This includes a charge of £3,582,000 relating to 
funding provided to the Group’s EBT (2016: £1,283,000).

In accordance with s408 of the Companies Act 2006 a separate income statement has not been presented for the Company. There are no items of 
comprehensive income other than the result for the year and therefore no statement of comprehensive income has been prepared for the Company.

Foreign currencies
To the extent that the Company undertakes transactions in currencies other than GBP, the transactions are translated into GBP using the 
exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transaction. Balances denominated in foreign currencies are translated into GBP using the exchange 
rate prevailing at the balance sheet date. All foreign exchange differences arising from the settlement of transactions or the translation of 
balances are recognised in operating expenses in the income statement.

Employees
The Company had 16 employees during the year (2016: 8). Total remuneration costs were £8,060,000 (2016: £2,810,000). This change reflects 
restructuring of the location of staff for the Group’s central functions.

Dividends
See note 13 of the consolidated financial statements.

2. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, cash at agents, demand deposits, and other short-term highly liquid investments that 
have maturities of three months or less from inception, are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant 
risk of changes in value. Below is a table detailing the credit risk rating of the banks with which the Company holds its cash, and the balance 
held at year-end.

Bank

Barclays Bank 

3. Other receivables

Taxes and social security
Prepayments and accrued income
Amounts owed from Group undertakings
Other debtors

£,000

Credit Rating

Rating Body

15,182

A1 –  Moody’s

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2016 
£’000

202
336
5,029
96

5,663

171
271
9,642
10

10,094

Amounts owed from Group undertakings represent balances incurred in the course of trade and are payable on demand.

4. Tax
The Company’s accounting policy in respect of tax is the same as that of the Group as detailed in note 11 of the consolidated financial 
statements.

Current tax on profits for the year
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total current tax
Deferred tax on origination and reversal of timing differences

Total tax credit

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2016 
£’000

(332)
–

(332)
(229)

(561)

(111)
–

(111)
(114)

 (225)

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Continued

106    

4. Tax continued
The tax assessed for the years is lower (2016: lower) than the average standard rate of corporation tax in the UK.  
The differences are explained below:

Profit before tax and EBT funding costs
Profit before tax multiplied by the average rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19.75% (2016: 20%)
Effects of:
Income not assessable to tax
Group relief
Other timing differences 
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Total tax credit

Deferred tax assets:
At beginning of year
Credit to the income statement – share-based payment expense
Debit/(credit) to equity – share-based payment expense

At year-end

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
£’000

10,381
2,050

Year ended 
30 June 
2016 
£’000

12,493
2,499

(3,268)
1,218
(561)
–

(561)

(2,750)
–
23
3

 (225)

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2016 
£’000

437
229
1,963

2,629

399
116
(78)

437

5. Property plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is carried at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation charges the cost of the assets to the 
consolidated income statement over their expected useful lives.

Cost:
At 1 July 2015 and 30 June 2016
Additions

At 30 June 2017

Accumulated depreciation:
At 1 July 2015 and 30 June 2016
Depreciation charge

At 30 June 2017

Net book value:
At 1 July 2016

At 30 June 2017

Leasehold 
improvements 
£’000

Total 
£’000

40
2

42

2
21

23

38

19

40
2

42

2
21

23

38

19

6. Intangible assets
Intangible assets are carried at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. Amortisation charges the cost of the assets to the 
consolidated income statement over their expected useful lives.

Cost:
At 1 July 2015 and 30 June 2016
Additions

At 30 June 2017

Accumulated amortisation and impairment:
At 1 July 2015 and 30 June 2016
Amortisation charge

At 30 June 2017

Net book value:
At 1 July 2016

At 30 June 2017

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Software 
£’000

Total 
£’000

–
79

79

–
–

79

–

79

–
79

79

–
–

79

–

79

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

7. Investments in subsidiaries

At start of year
Additions – share-based payments in subsidiaries

At end of year

The Company’s investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less provision for any impairment incurred.

8. Payables

Trade payables
Accruals and deferred income

107    

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2016 
£’000

55,756
1,185

56,941

55,635
121

55,756

Year ended 
30 June 
2017 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2016 
£’000

636
5,344

5,980

315
1,228

1,543

Amounts owed to Group undertakings represent balances incurred in the course of trade and are payable on demand.

9. Share capital
Full details of the Company’s share capital can be found in note 21 of the consolidated financial statements.

10. Share premium
A reconciliation of the movements in share premium can be found in the Company statement of changes in equity.

11. Other reserves
A reconciliation of the movements in reserves can be found in the Company statement of changes in equity. Full details on the nature of the 
other reserves in the Company can be found in note 22 of the consolidated financial statements.

A breakdown of other reserves is detailed below.

Merger reserve
Capital contribution reserve
Capital redemption reserve

30 June 
2017 
£’000

44,433
3,867
84

48,384

30 June 
2016 
£’000

44,433
3,867
84

48,384

As at 30 June 2017, the Company had £15,082,000 of distributable reserves (2016: £12,964,000)

12. Financial instruments
A discussion of the financial risks and associated financial risk management, which applies to all of the companies in the Group, can be found in 
note 26 of the consolidated financial statements, along with the Group’s accounting policy in respect of financial instruments.

The financial assets and liabilities of the Company are categorised under IAS 39 as follows.

Financial assets classified as loans and receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Other receivables

Total financial assets

Other receivables exclude prepayments and accrued income.

Financial liabilities held at amortised cost
Payables

Total financial liabilities

Payables exclude accruals and deferred income.

30 June 
2017 
£’000

30 June 
2016 
£’000

15,182
3,133

18,315

7,633
9,653

17,286

30 June 
2017 
£’000

30 June 
2016 
£’000

636

636

315

315

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

 
 
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Continued

108    

12. Financial instruments continued
Credit risk management
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty defaults on their contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Company. The carrying 
amount of loans and receivables recorded in the financial statements represents the Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk. The Company 
held no collateral as security against any financial asset. Credit risk arises principally from the Company’s intercompany and cash balances. 
The Company manages its credit risk through monitoring the credit quality of the counterparties with which cash is held and the Company’s 
subsidiaries resources.

The banks with whom the Company deposits cash and cash equivalent balances are monitored, including their credit ratings (note 2).

Market risk–Interest rate risk management
The Company has minimal exposure to interest rate risk. The Company has no external borrowings and cash deposits with banks earn a fixed 
rate of interest. Interest income is not significant in either year.

Liquidity gap analysis
The table below presents the cash flows receivable and payable by the Company under non-derivative financial assets and liabilities by 
remaining contractual maturities at the balance sheet date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual, undiscounted cash flows.

The net liquidity positions in the table below relate to cash flows on contractual obligations existing at the balance sheet date and does not take 
account of any cash flows generated from profits on normal trading activities.

On demand 
£’000

< 3 months 
£’000

3-12 months 
£’000

15,182
3,133

18,315

636

636

17,679

–
–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–

On demand 
£’000

< 3 months 
£’000

3-12 months 
£’000

7,633
9,653

17,286

315

315

16,971

–
–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–

As at 30 June 2017
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Other receivables

Total financial assets

Liabilities
Payables

Total financial liabilities

Net liquidity surplus

As at 30 June 2016
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Other receivables

Total financial assets

Liabilities
Payables

Total financial liabilities

Net liquidity surplus

Other receivables excludes prepayments and payables excludes deferred income.

13. Directors’ remuneration
Details of the individual Directors’ remuneration is given in the Remuneration Committee report.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic report

Governance

Financials

14. Related parties
Related parties to the Company are:

 – Other River and Mercantile Group undertakings;
 – Key management personnel;
 – PSG who hold 38.1% of the issued share capital of the Group and is thus a controlling shareholder; and
 – Pacific Investments Management Limited, its subsidiary undertakings and controlling shareholder, Sir John Beckwith (collectively ‘Pacific 

Investments’) were considered to be related parties as they held significant influence over the Group by virtue of holding more than 10% of 
the issued share capital of the Group. Following a disposal by Pacific Investments in March 2017, they now hold less than 10% and are 
therefore no longer considered a related party.

The Company entered into the following transactions with related parties:

109    

Related party

Punter Southall Group

River and Mercantile Group undertakings

Type of transaction

Admin expense
Balances

Inter-company balances
Group cost sharing
Dividends received

Transaction amount

Balance owed/(owing)

30 June  
2017 
£’000

60
–

–
2,983
16,550

30 June 
2016
£’000

66
–

–
3,382
13,749

30 June  
2017 
£’000

(224)
–

2,836
–
–

30 June 
2016
£’000

(35)
(22)

9,651
–
–

Key management personnel compensation
Details of key management personnel compensation can be found in note 6 of the consolidated financial statements.

15. Other information
The Company has taken the exemption under s408(2) of the Companies Act 2006 to not present remuneration separately in these financial statements.

A second interim dividend in respect of the year of 8.1p per share has been declared, of which 2.8p is a special dividend relating to net 
performance fees. The Directors have proposed a final dividend in respect of the year of 6.0p per share, of which 2.8p is a special dividend 
relating to net performance fees. Based upon the number of shares held by the EBT at the year-end (upon which dividends are waived), the 
expected total payments are £6.5m and £4.8m for the second interim and final dividends respectively.

The Company has not entered into any significant commitments or contingent liabilities after the balance sheet date.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

110    

GLOSSARY

ABI – Association of British Insurers
ACD – Authorised corporate director
AGM – Annual general meeting
AUA – Assets under advice
AUM – Assets under management
CAGR – Compound annual growth rate
CGU – Cash generating unit
CMA – Competition and Markets Authority
DAA – Dynamic asset allocation
DB – Defined benefit
DC – Defined contribution
DEP – Deferred equity plan
EBT – Employee Benefit Trust
EPS – Earnings per share
EPSP – Executive performance share plan. A dilutive share plan awarded to Executives during the Group’s IPO
ESG – Environmental, social, governance
ETF – Exchange traded fund
FCA – Financial Conduct Authority
FRC – Financial Reporting Council
IAA – Investment advisory agreement
ICAAP – Internal capital adequacy assessment process
ICVC – Investment company of variable capital
IFA – Independent financial advisor
ILC – Industrial life cycle
IMA – Investment management agreement
IPO – Initial public offering
KPI – Key performance indicator
LDI – Liability-driven investment, an investment strategy based on the cash flows needed to fund future liabilities
LGPS – Local government pension scheme
LTIP – Long-term incentive plan
MiFIR – Markets in Financial Investments Regulation
MiFID – Markets in Financial Instruments Directive
NAV – Net asset value
NUM – Notional under management
PPF – Pension Protection Fund, a statutory fund established under the provisions of the Pensions Act 2004
PSG – Punter Southall Group Limited
PSP – Performance share plan
PVT – Potential, value and timing. The investment strategy employed by the Group’s Equity Solutions division
eligible defined benefit fund members in case of employer insolvency
RAMAM – River and Mercantile Asset Management LLP
RWAA – Risk weighted asset attribution
SIPP – Self-invested pension plan
TIGS – Total Investment Governance Solution
TSA – Transitional service agreement
TSR – Total shareholder return
UCITS – Undertakings for the collective investment of transferable securities
WACC – Weighted average cost of capital
YoY – Year-on-year

Buy-in is the process by which trustees of a pension scheme buy an insurance policy to cover a group of their members. The trustees hold the 
policy as an asset and remain responsible for paying the pensions.

Buyout is a type of financial transfer whereby a pension fund sponsor pays a fixed amount in order to free itself of any liabilities (and assets) 
relating to that fund.

Mandated AUM/NUM represents the Group’s closing AUM/NUM, adjusted for any mandates or redemptions in transition. 

Mandates in Transition represent the AUM/NUM of mandates which have been awarded by clients at the period-end date and will transition 
into fee earning assets. The timing, and ultimate amount transitioned is determined by the client. We report an estimated AUM/NUM for those 
mandates where there is a high likelihood of the amount being transitioned within the next three months. 

Redemptions in transition are redemptions which have been notified by the client at the period-end date, but where the AUM/NUM is included 
in fee earning assets at period end. The redemptions will be included in a future period.

River and Mercantile Group PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Company number
04035248

Registered office
11 Strand  
London  
WC2N 5HR

Tel: 020 3327 5100

Company Secretary
Sally Buckmaster

Website
www.riverandmercantile.com

Annual General Meeting
8 December 2017 at 2pm 
11 Strand
London
WC2N 5HR

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 
AND ADVISORS

Auditors
BDO LLP
55 Baker Street 
London
W1U 7EU

Corporate broker and advisor
Numis Securities Limited
The London Stock Exchange Building 
10 Paternoster Square
London
EC4M 7LT

Share listing
River and Mercantile Group PLC‘s ordinary shares of £0.003 are 
admitted to trading on the Main Market of the London Stock 
Exchange under ticker RIV.

Information on the share price and the Company can be accessed 
via the Company’s website or at www.londonstockexchange.com.

Dividends
Where possible, it is recommended that dividend payments are made 
directly into a bank account to provide improved security and faster 
access to funds. You may give instruction via the Registrar’s website 
www.shareview.co.uk or in writing.

Final dividend for the financial year ended 30 June 2017

Amount
6.0 pence per ordinary share

Bloomberg
0994474D:LN

ISIN
GB00BLZH7X42

SEDOL code
BLZH7X4

Ticker
RIV

Ex-dividend date
23 November 2017

Record date
24 November 2017

Payment date
15 December 2017

Registrars
Equiniti Limited 
Aspect House 
Spencer Road 
Lancing
West Sussex 
BN99 6DA

Shareholder helpline
0371 384 2030 
(+44 121 415 7047)

www.shareview.co.uk

G R O U P

www.riverandmercantile.com

R

i

v

e

r

a

n

d

M

e

r

c

a

n

t

i

l

e

G

r

o

u

p

P

L

C

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

7